summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/.pc
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorMatthew Vernon <matthew@debian.org>2015-06-26 08:17:11 +0100
committerMatthew Vernon <matthew@debian.org>2015-06-26 08:20:11 +0100
commit5305cd5a87a1102111d88192f86018de76230051 (patch)
treefede052ad8229b4d62828c4acd71736f5feb3080 /.pc
parent70fcd129199b1e95b936687587f6c9eab4882799 (diff)
Upstream patch to fix buffer overflow for forward reference within backward assertion with excess closing parenthesis.
This is a (trivially) backported fix from upstream commit 1571: http://vcs.pcre.org/pcre?view=revision&revision=1571 Upstream bug report: https://bugs.exim.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1651 Signed-off-by: Matthew Vernon <matthew@debian.org>
Diffstat (limited to '.pc')
-rw-r--r--.pc/applied-patches1
-rw-r--r--.pc/fix_find_fixedlength.patch/.timestamp0
-rw-r--r--.pc/fix_find_fixedlength.patch/pcre_compile.c9481
3 files changed, 9482 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.pc/applied-patches b/.pc/applied-patches
index 3f239e5..c30b0d0 100644
--- a/.pc/applied-patches
+++ b/.pc/applied-patches
@@ -6,3 +6,4 @@ soname.patch
Fix-silly-quantifier-size-check.patch
cve-2014-8964.patch
no_jit_x32_powerpcspe.patch
+fix_find_fixedlength.patch
diff --git a/.pc/fix_find_fixedlength.patch/.timestamp b/.pc/fix_find_fixedlength.patch/.timestamp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.pc/fix_find_fixedlength.patch/.timestamp
diff --git a/.pc/fix_find_fixedlength.patch/pcre_compile.c b/.pc/fix_find_fixedlength.patch/pcre_compile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae0027b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.pc/fix_find_fixedlength.patch/pcre_compile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,9481 @@
+/*************************************************
+* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
+and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
+
+ Written by Philip Hazel
+ Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+/* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
+supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */
+#define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing processed string start */
+#define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing processed string end */
+
+#include "pcre_internal.h"
+
+
+/* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre(16|32)_printint() function, which
+is also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production
+library. We do not need to select pcre16_printint.c specially, because the
+COMPILE_PCREx macro will already be appropriately set. */
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+/* pcre_printint.c should not include any headers */
+#define PCRE_INCLUDED
+#include "pcre_printint.c"
+#undef PCRE_INCLUDED
+#endif
+
+
+/* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */
+
+#define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] |= (1 << ((b)&7))
+
+/* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that
+holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than
+INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have
+to check them every time. */
+
+#define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
+
+/* Definitions to allow mutual recursion */
+
+static int
+ add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *, pcre_uchar **, int, compile_data *,
+ const pcre_uint32 *, unsigned int);
+
+static BOOL
+ compile_regex(int, pcre_uchar **, const pcre_uchar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int,
+ pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, branch_chain *,
+ compile_data *, int *);
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Code parameters and static tables *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the
+first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex
+is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as
+soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code
+does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218,
+so this number is very generous.
+
+The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for
+remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the
+end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE
+is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get
+filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like
+/(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so
+that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value
+below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The
+minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc()
+kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */
+
+#define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE)
+#define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
+
+/* This value determines the size of the initial vector that is used for
+remembering named groups during the pre-compile. It is allocated on the stack,
+but if it is too small, it is expanded using malloc(), in a similar way to the
+workspace. The value is the number of slots in the list. */
+
+#define NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE 20
+
+/* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the
+overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */
+
+#define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100)
+
+/* Private flags added to firstchar and reqchar. */
+
+#define REQ_CASELESS (1 << 0) /* Indicates caselessness */
+#define REQ_VARY (1 << 1) /* Reqchar followed non-literal item */
+/* Negative values for the firstchar and reqchar flags */
+#define REQ_UNSET (-2)
+#define REQ_NONE (-1)
+
+/* Repeated character flags. */
+
+#define UTF_LENGTH 0x10000000l /* The char contains its length. */
+
+/* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
+are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
+on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
+is invalid. */
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+
+/* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running
+in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+static const short int escapes[] = {
+ 0, 0,
+ 0, 0,
+ 0, 0,
+ 0, 0,
+ 0, 0,
+ CHAR_COLON, CHAR_SEMICOLON,
+ CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN,
+ CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
+ CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT, -ESC_A,
+ -ESC_B, -ESC_C,
+ -ESC_D, -ESC_E,
+ 0, -ESC_G,
+ -ESC_H, 0,
+ 0, -ESC_K,
+ 0, 0,
+ -ESC_N, 0,
+ -ESC_P, -ESC_Q,
+ -ESC_R, -ESC_S,
+ 0, 0,
+ -ESC_V, -ESC_W,
+ -ESC_X, 0,
+ -ESC_Z, CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT, CHAR_UNDERSCORE,
+ CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT, 7,
+ -ESC_b, 0,
+ -ESC_d, ESC_e,
+ ESC_f, 0,
+ -ESC_h, 0,
+ 0, -ESC_k,
+ 0, 0,
+ ESC_n, 0,
+ -ESC_p, 0,
+ ESC_r, -ESC_s,
+ ESC_tee, 0,
+ -ESC_v, -ESC_w,
+ 0, 0,
+ -ESC_z
+};
+
+#else
+
+/* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */
+
+static const short int escapes[] = {
+/* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|',
+/* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~',
+/* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?',
+/* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"',
+/* 80 */ 0, 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0,
+/* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 'l', 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p,
+/* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0,
+/* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0,
+/* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-',
+/* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G,
+/* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0,-ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P,
+/* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
+/* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+/* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+};
+#endif
+
+
+/* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is
+searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce
+the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The
+string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC
+platforms. */
+
+typedef struct verbitem {
+ int len; /* Length of verb name */
+ int op; /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */
+ int op_arg; /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */
+} verbitem;
+
+static const char verbnames[] =
+ "\0" /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */
+ STRING_MARK0
+ STRING_ACCEPT0
+ STRING_COMMIT0
+ STRING_F0
+ STRING_FAIL0
+ STRING_PRUNE0
+ STRING_SKIP0
+ STRING_THEN;
+
+static const verbitem verbs[] = {
+ { 0, -1, OP_MARK },
+ { 4, -1, OP_MARK },
+ { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 },
+ { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 },
+ { 1, OP_FAIL, -1 },
+ { 4, OP_FAIL, -1 },
+ { 5, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG },
+ { 4, OP_SKIP, OP_SKIP_ARG },
+ { 4, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG }
+};
+
+static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
+
+
+/* Substitutes for [[:<:]] and [[:>:]], which mean start and end of word in
+another regex library. */
+
+static const pcre_uchar sub_start_of_word[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
+ CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w, CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' };
+
+static const pcre_uchar sub_end_of_word[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
+ CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w,
+ CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' };
+
+
+/* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are
+now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared
+library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero
+length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed
+for handling case independence. The indices for graph, print, and punct are
+needed, so identify them. */
+
+static const char posix_names[] =
+ STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0
+ STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0
+ STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0
+ STRING_word0 STRING_xdigit;
+
+static const pcre_uint8 posix_name_lengths[] = {
+ 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
+
+#define PC_GRAPH 8
+#define PC_PRINT 9
+#define PC_PUNCT 10
+
+
+/* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
+base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
+classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
+characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
+character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
+second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
+addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
+absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
+remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
+
+static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
+ cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */
+ cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */
+ cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */
+ cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */
+ cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */
+ cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */
+ cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */
+ cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */
+ cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */
+ cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */
+ cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */
+ cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */
+ cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */
+ cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */
+};
+
+/* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. They are replaced by
+Unicode property escapes. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+static const pcre_uchar string_PNd[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pNd[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PXsp[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pXsp[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PXwd[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pXwd[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+
+static const pcre_uchar *substitutes[] = {
+ string_PNd, /* \D */
+ string_pNd, /* \d */
+ string_PXsp, /* \S */ /* Xsp is Perl space, but from 8.34, Perl */
+ string_pXsp, /* \s */ /* space and POSIX space are the same. */
+ string_PXwd, /* \W */
+ string_pXwd /* \w */
+};
+
+/* The POSIX class substitutes must be in the order of the POSIX class names,
+defined above, and there are both positive and negative cases. NULL means no
+general substitute of a Unicode property escape (\p or \P). However, for some
+POSIX classes (e.g. graph, print, punct) a special property code is compiled
+directly. */
+
+static const pcre_uchar string_pL[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pLl[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pLu[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pXan[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_h[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_h, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_pXps[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PL[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PLl[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PLu[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PXan[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_H[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_H, '\0' };
+static const pcre_uchar string_PXps[] = {
+ CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
+ CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
+
+static const pcre_uchar *posix_substitutes[] = {
+ string_pL, /* alpha */
+ string_pLl, /* lower */
+ string_pLu, /* upper */
+ string_pXan, /* alnum */
+ NULL, /* ascii */
+ string_h, /* blank */
+ NULL, /* cntrl */
+ string_pNd, /* digit */
+ NULL, /* graph */
+ NULL, /* print */
+ NULL, /* punct */
+ string_pXps, /* space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */
+ string_pXwd, /* word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */
+ NULL, /* xdigit */
+ /* Negated cases */
+ string_PL, /* ^alpha */
+ string_PLl, /* ^lower */
+ string_PLu, /* ^upper */
+ string_PXan, /* ^alnum */
+ NULL, /* ^ascii */
+ string_H, /* ^blank */
+ NULL, /* ^cntrl */
+ string_PNd, /* ^digit */
+ NULL, /* ^graph */
+ NULL, /* ^print */
+ NULL, /* ^punct */
+ string_PXps, /* ^space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */
+ string_PXwd, /* ^word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */
+ NULL /* ^xdigit */
+};
+#define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / sizeof(pcre_uchar *))
+#endif
+
+#define STRING(a) # a
+#define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
+
+/* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
+are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because
+they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below
+are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce
+the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically,
+it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the
+lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we
+simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue
+because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error.
+
+Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final
+substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when
+counting through. */
+
+static const char error_texts[] =
+ "no error\0"
+ "\\ at end of pattern\0"
+ "\\c at end of pattern\0"
+ "unrecognized character follows \\\0"
+ "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0"
+ /* 5 */
+ "number too big in {} quantifier\0"
+ "missing terminating ] for character class\0"
+ "invalid escape sequence in character class\0"
+ "range out of order in character class\0"
+ "nothing to repeat\0"
+ /* 10 */
+ "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0" /** DEAD **/
+ "internal error: unexpected repeat\0"
+ "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0"
+ "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0"
+ "missing )\0"
+ /* 15 */
+ "reference to non-existent subpattern\0"
+ "erroffset passed as NULL\0"
+ "unknown option bit(s) set\0"
+ "missing ) after comment\0"
+ "parentheses nested too deeply\0" /** DEAD **/
+ /* 20 */
+ "regular expression is too large\0"
+ "failed to get memory\0"
+ "unmatched parentheses\0"
+ "internal error: code overflow\0"
+ "unrecognized character after (?<\0"
+ /* 25 */
+ "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0"
+ "malformed number or name after (?(\0"
+ "conditional group contains more than two branches\0"
+ "assertion expected after (?(\0"
+ "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0"
+ /* 30 */
+ "unknown POSIX class name\0"
+ "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0"
+ "this version of PCRE is compiled without UTF support\0"
+ "spare error\0" /** DEAD **/
+ "character value in \\x{} or \\o{} is too large\0"
+ /* 35 */
+ "invalid condition (?(0)\0"
+ "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0"
+ "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0"
+ "number after (?C is > 255\0"
+ "closing ) for (?C expected\0"
+ /* 40 */
+ "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0"
+ "unrecognized character after (?P\0"
+ "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0"
+ "two named subpatterns have the same name\0"
+ "invalid UTF-8 string\0"
+ /* 45 */
+ "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0"
+ "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0"
+ "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0"
+ "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0"
+ "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0"
+ /* 50 */
+ "repeated subpattern is too long\0" /** DEAD **/
+ "octal value is greater than \\377 in 8-bit non-UTF-8 mode\0"
+ "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0"
+ "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0"
+ "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0"
+ /* 55 */
+ "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0" /** DEAD **/
+ "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0"
+ "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0"
+ "a numbered reference must not be zero\0"
+ "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0"
+ /* 60 */
+ "(*VERB) not recognized or malformed\0"
+ "number is too big\0"
+ "subpattern name expected\0"
+ "digit expected after (?+\0"
+ "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0"
+ /* 65 */
+ "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0"
+ "(*MARK) must have an argument\0"
+ "this version of PCRE is not compiled with Unicode property support\0"
+ "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0"
+ "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0"
+ /* 70 */
+ "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0"
+ "\\N is not supported in a class\0"
+ "too many forward references\0"
+ "disallowed Unicode code point (>= 0xd800 && <= 0xdfff)\0"
+ "invalid UTF-16 string\0"
+ /* 75 */
+ "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)\0"
+ "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large\0"
+ "invalid UTF-32 string\0"
+ "setting UTF is disabled by the application\0"
+ "non-hex character in \\x{} (closing brace missing?)\0"
+ /* 80 */
+ "non-octal character in \\o{} (closing brace missing?)\0"
+ "missing opening brace after \\o\0"
+ "parentheses are too deeply nested\0"
+ "invalid range in character class\0"
+ "group name must start with a non-digit\0"
+ /* 85 */
+ "parentheses are too deeply nested (stack check)\0"
+ ;
+
+/* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
+patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
+may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
+to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
+a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
+character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
+applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
+efficiently.
+
+For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
+
+ 0x04 decimal digit
+ 0x08 hexadecimal digit
+
+Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
+
+/* Using a simple comparison for decimal numbers rather than a memory read
+is much faster, and the resulting code is simpler (the compiler turns it
+into a subtraction and unsigned comparison). */
+
+#define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9)
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+
+/* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in
+UTF-8 mode. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] =
+ {
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */
+ 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */
+ 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */
+ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */
+ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
+
+#else
+
+/* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] =
+ {
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */
+ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
+ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */
+ 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */
+ 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
+ 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */
+ 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */
+ 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */
+ 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */
+ 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
+ 0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */
+ 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */
+ 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */
+ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */
+ 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */
+ 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */
+#endif
+
+
+/* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible
+between adjacent character-type opcodes. The left-hand (repeated) opcode is
+used to select the row, and the right-hand opcode is use to select the column.
+A value of 1 means that auto-possessification is OK. For example, the second
+value in the first row means that \D+\d can be turned into \D++\d.
+
+The Unicode property types (\P and \p) have to be present to fill out the table
+because of what their opcode values are, but the table values should always be
+zero because property types are handled separately in the code. The last four
+columns apply to items that cannot be repeated, so there is no need to have
+rows for them. Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is
+*not* set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */
+
+#define APTROWS (LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1)
+#define APTCOLS (LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1)
+
+static const pcre_uint8 autoposstab[APTROWS][APTCOLS] = {
+/* \D \d \S \s \W \w . .+ \C \P \p \R \H \h \V \v \X \Z \z $ $M */
+ { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \D */
+ { 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \d */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \S */
+ { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \s */
+ { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \W */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \w */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* . */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* .+ */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \C */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \P */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \p */
+ { 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \R */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \H */
+ { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \h */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \V */
+ { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \v */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 } /* \X */
+};
+
+
+/* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible
+between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP). The
+left-hand (repeated) opcode is used to select the row, and the right-hand
+opcode is used to select the column. The values are as follows:
+
+ 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify)
+ 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP)
+ 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular)
+ 3 TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same (PROP vs NOTPROP)
+
+ 4 Check left general category vs right particular category
+ 5 Check right general category vs left particular category
+
+ 6 Left alphanum vs right general category
+ 7 Left space vs right general category
+ 8 Left word vs right general category
+
+ 9 Right alphanum vs left general category
+ 10 Right space vs left general category
+ 11 Right word vs left general category
+
+ 12 Left alphanum vs right particular category
+ 13 Left space vs right particular category
+ 14 Left word vs right particular category
+
+ 15 Right alphanum vs left particular category
+ 16 Right space vs left particular category
+ 17 Right word vs left particular category
+*/
+
+static const pcre_uint8 propposstab[PT_TABSIZE][PT_TABSIZE] = {
+/* ANY LAMP GC PC SC ALNUM SPACE PXSPACE WORD CLIST UCNC */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ANY */
+ { 0, 3, 0, 0, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_LAMP */
+ { 0, 0, 2, 4, 0, 9, 10, 10, 11, 0, 0 }, /* PT_GC */
+ { 0, 0, 5, 2, 0, 15, 16, 16, 17, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PC */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SC */
+ { 0, 3, 6, 12, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ALNUM */
+ { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SPACE */
+ { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PXSPACE */
+ { 0, 0, 8, 14, 0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 0, 0 }, /* PT_WORD */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_CLIST */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3 } /* PT_UCNC */
+};
+
+/* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible
+between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP) when one
+specifies a general category and the other specifies a particular category. The
+row is selected by the general category and the column by the particular
+category. The value is 1 if the particular category is not part of the general
+category. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 catposstab[7][30] = {
+/* Cc Cf Cn Co Cs Ll Lm Lo Lt Lu Mc Me Mn Nd Nl No Pc Pd Pe Pf Pi Po Ps Sc Sk Sm So Zl Zp Zs */
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* C */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* L */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* M */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* N */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* P */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 }, /* S */
+ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 } /* Z */
+};
+
+/* This table is used when checking ALNUM, (PX)SPACE, SPACE, and WORD against
+a general or particular category. The properties in each row are those
+that apply to the character set in question. Duplication means that a little
+unnecessary work is done when checking, but this keeps things much simpler
+because they can all use the same code. For more details see the comment where
+this table is used.
+
+Note: SPACE and PXSPACE used to be different because Perl excluded VT from
+"space", but from Perl 5.18 it's included, so both categories are treated the
+same here. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 posspropstab[3][4] = {
+ { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_N, ucp_Nl }, /* ALNUM, 3rd and 4th values redundant */
+ { ucp_Z, ucp_Z, ucp_C, ucp_Cc }, /* SPACE and PXSPACE, 2nd value redundant */
+ { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po } /* WORD */
+};
+
+/* This table is used when converting repeating opcodes into possessified
+versions as a result of an explicit possessive quantifier such as ++. A zero
+value means there is no possessified version - in those cases the item in
+question must be wrapped in ONCE brackets. The table is truncated at OP_CALLOUT
+because all relevant opcodes are less than that. */
+
+static const pcre_uint8 opcode_possessify[] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0 - 15 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 16 - 31 */
+
+ 0, /* NOTI */
+ OP_POSSTAR, 0, /* STAR, MINSTAR */
+ OP_POSPLUS, 0, /* PLUS, MINPLUS */
+ OP_POSQUERY, 0, /* QUERY, MINQUERY */
+ OP_POSUPTO, 0, /* UPTO, MINUPTO */
+ 0, /* EXACT */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */
+
+ OP_POSSTARI, 0, /* STARI, MINSTARI */
+ OP_POSPLUSI, 0, /* PLUSI, MINPLUSI */
+ OP_POSQUERYI, 0, /* QUERYI, MINQUERYI */
+ OP_POSUPTOI, 0, /* UPTOI, MINUPTOI */
+ 0, /* EXACTI */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */
+
+ OP_NOTPOSSTAR, 0, /* NOTSTAR, NOTMINSTAR */
+ OP_NOTPOSPLUS, 0, /* NOTPLUS, NOTMINPLUS */
+ OP_NOTPOSQUERY, 0, /* NOTQUERY, NOTMINQUERY */
+ OP_NOTPOSUPTO, 0, /* NOTUPTO, NOTMINUPTO */
+ 0, /* NOTEXACT */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */
+
+ OP_NOTPOSSTARI, 0, /* NOTSTARI, NOTMINSTARI */
+ OP_NOTPOSPLUSI, 0, /* NOTPLUSI, NOTMINPLUSI */
+ OP_NOTPOSQUERYI, 0, /* NOTQUERYI, NOTMINQUERYI */
+ OP_NOTPOSUPTOI, 0, /* NOTUPTOI, NOTMINUPTOI */
+ 0, /* NOTEXACTI */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */
+
+ OP_TYPEPOSSTAR, 0, /* TYPESTAR, TYPEMINSTAR */
+ OP_TYPEPOSPLUS, 0, /* TYPEPLUS, TYPEMINPLUS */
+ OP_TYPEPOSQUERY, 0, /* TYPEQUERY, TYPEMINQUERY */
+ OP_TYPEPOSUPTO, 0, /* TYPEUPTO, TYPEMINUPTO */
+ 0, /* TYPEEXACT */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* TYPEPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */
+
+ OP_CRPOSSTAR, 0, /* CRSTAR, CRMINSTAR */
+ OP_CRPOSPLUS, 0, /* CRPLUS, CRMINPLUS */
+ OP_CRPOSQUERY, 0, /* CRQUERY, CRMINQUERY */
+ OP_CRPOSRANGE, 0, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CRPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,RANGE} */
+
+ 0, 0, 0, /* CLASS, NCLASS, XCLASS */
+ 0, 0, /* REF, REFI */
+ 0, 0, /* DNREF, DNREFI */
+ 0, 0 /* RECURSE, CALLOUT */
+};
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Find an error text *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As
+some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets.
+Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue
+because it happens only when there has been a compilation error.
+
+Argument: the error number
+Returns: pointer to the error string
+*/
+
+static const char *
+find_error_text(int n)
+{
+const char *s = error_texts;
+for (; n > 0; n--)
+ {
+ while (*s++ != CHAR_NULL) {};
+ if (*s == CHAR_NULL) return "Error text not found (please report)";
+ }
+return s;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Expand the workspace *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of
+forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on
+the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit
+has been reached or the increase will be rather small.
+
+Argument: pointer to the compile data block
+Returns: 0 if all went well, else an error number
+*/
+
+static int
+expand_workspace(compile_data *cd)
+{
+pcre_uchar *newspace;
+int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2;
+
+if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX;
+if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX ||
+ newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
+ return ERR72;
+
+newspace = (PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(newsize));
+if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21;
+memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size * sizeof(pcre_uchar));
+cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace);
+if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
+ (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace);
+cd->start_workspace = newspace;
+cd->workspace_size = newsize;
+return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for counted repeat *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
+start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
+It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
+where the ddds are digits.
+
+Arguments:
+ p pointer to the first char after '{'
+
+Returns: TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar *p)
+{
+if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE;
+p++;
+while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
+if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
+
+if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE;
+if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
+
+if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE;
+p++;
+while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
+
+return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET);
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Handle escapes *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
+positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or 0 for a data character which
+will be placed in chptr. A backreference to group n is returned as negative n.
+When UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned in
+chptr. On entry, ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final
+character of the escape sequence.
+
+Arguments:
+ ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer
+ chptr points to a returned data character
+ errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable
+ bracount number of previous extracting brackets
+ options the options bits
+ isclass TRUE if inside a character class
+
+Returns: zero => a data character
+ positive => a special escape sequence
+ negative => a back reference
+ on error, errorcodeptr is set
+*/
+
+static int
+check_escape(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, pcre_uint32 *chptr, int *errorcodeptr,
+ int bracount, int options, BOOL isclass)
+{
+/* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
+BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1;
+pcre_uint32 c;
+int escape = 0;
+int i;
+
+GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */
+ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */
+
+/* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
+
+if (c == CHAR_NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
+
+/* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup
+in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
+Otherwise further processing may be required. */
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+/* Not alphanumeric */
+else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {}
+else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0)
+ { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; }
+
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+/* Not alphanumeric */
+else if (c < CHAR_a || (!MAX_255(c) || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0)) {}
+else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; }
+#endif
+
+/* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
+
+else
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *oldptr;
+ BOOL braced, negated, overflow;
+ int s;
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
+ error. */
+
+ case CHAR_l:
+ case CHAR_L:
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_u:
+ if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
+ {
+ /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers.
+ Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */
+ if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
+ && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
+ && MAX_255(ptr[3]) && (digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
+ && MAX_255(ptr[4]) && (digitab[ptr[4]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
+ {
+ c = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr);
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU))
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU))
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU)
+#endif
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR76;
+ }
+ else if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_U:
+ /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */
+ if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
+ break;
+
+ /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character
+ class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things:
+
+ (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute
+ backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl
+ 5.10 feature.
+
+ (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This
+ is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As
+ this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really
+ was \k.
+
+ (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a
+ number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are
+ (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return
+ the ESC_g code (cf \k). */
+
+ case CHAR_g:
+ if (isclass) break;
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
+ {
+ escape = ESC_g;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */
+
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *p;
+ for (p = ptr+2; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++)
+ if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(*p)) break;
+ if (*p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ escape = ESC_k;
+ break;
+ }
+ braced = TRUE;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else braced = FALSE;
+
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
+ {
+ negated = TRUE;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else negated = FALSE;
+
+ /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */
+ s = 0;
+ overflow = FALSE;
+ while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
+ {
+ if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ overflow = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0);
+ }
+ if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
+ ptr++;
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (s == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (negated)
+ {
+ if (s > bracount)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ break;
+ }
+ s = bracount - (s - 1);
+ }
+
+ escape = -s;
+ break;
+
+ /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
+ starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. Perl has changed
+ over the years. Nowadays \g{} for backreferences and \o{} for octal are
+ recommended to avoid the ambiguities in the old syntax.
+
+ Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
+ number is less than 8 (used to be 10), or if there are that many previous
+ extracting left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to
+ three octal digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to
+ be octal 123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If
+ the octal value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are
+ taken. \8 and \9 are treated as the literal characters 8 and 9.
+
+ Inside a character class, \ followed by a digit is always either a literal
+ 8 or 9 or an octal number. */
+
+ case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5:
+ case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
+
+ if (!isclass)
+ {
+ oldptr = ptr;
+ /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */
+ s = (int)(c -CHAR_0);
+ overflow = FALSE;
+ while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
+ {
+ if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ overflow = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0);
+ }
+ if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */
+ {
+ while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
+ ptr++;
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (s < 8 || s <= bracount) /* Check for back reference */
+ {
+ escape = -s;
+ break;
+ }
+ ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a digit following \ when the number is not a back reference. If
+ the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl used to generate a binary zero byte and
+ then treat the digit as a following literal. At least by Perl 5.18 this
+ changed so as not to insert the binary zero. */
+
+ if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8) break;
+
+ /* Fall through with a digit less than 8 */
+
+ /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
+ larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
+ significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
+ to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode,
+ but no more than 3 octal digits. */
+
+ case CHAR_0:
+ c -= CHAR_0;
+ while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7)
+ c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ /* \o is a relatively new Perl feature, supporting a more general way of
+ specifying character codes in octal. The only supported form is \o{ddd}. */
+
+ case CHAR_o:
+ if (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) *errorcodeptr = ERR81; else
+ {
+ ptr += 2;
+ c = 0;
+ overflow = FALSE;
+ while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++;
+ if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (c >= 0x20000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#endif
+ c = (c << 3) + cc - CHAR_0 ;
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#endif
+ }
+ if (overflow)
+ {
+ while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) ptr++;
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
+ }
+ else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
+ }
+ else *errorcodeptr = ERR80;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* \x is complicated. In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal
+ numbers. Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */
+
+ case CHAR_x:
+ if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
+ {
+ if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
+ && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
+ {
+ c = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr);
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ } /* End JavaScript handling */
+
+ /* Handle \x in Perl's style. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be
+ greater than 0xff in utf or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex
+ digits. If not, { used to be treated as a data character. However, Perl
+ seems to read hex digits up to the first non-such, and ignore the rest, so
+ that, for example \x{zz} matches a binary zero. This seems crazy, so PCRE
+ now gives an error. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ ptr += 2;
+ c = 0;
+ overflow = FALSE;
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
+ {
+ register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++;
+ if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (c >= 0x10000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#endif
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (overflow)
+ {
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) ptr++;
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
+ }
+
+ else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
+ }
+
+ /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', give an error.
+ We used just to recognize this construct and fall through to the normal
+ \x handling, but nowadays Perl gives an error, which seems much more
+ sensible, so we do too. */
+
+ else *errorcodeptr = ERR79;
+ } /* End of \x{} processing */
+
+ /* Read a single-byte hex-defined char (up to two hex digits after \x) */
+
+ else
+ {
+ c = 0;
+ while (i++ < 2 && MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 cc; /* Some compilers don't like */
+ cc = *(++ptr); /* ++ in initializers */
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+ if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */
+ c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
+#endif
+ }
+ } /* End of \xdd handling */
+ } /* End of Perl-style \x handling */
+ break;
+
+ /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped.
+ An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This
+ coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is
+ ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
+
+ case CHAR_c:
+ c = *(++ptr);
+ if (c == CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR2;
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
+ if (c > 127) /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR68;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32;
+ c ^= 0x40;
+#else /* EBCDIC coding */
+ if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64;
+ c ^= 0xC0;
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
+ other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set;
+ otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit
+ odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may
+ be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
+
+ default:
+ if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
+ {
+ default:
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not
+newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support
+quantification such as \N{2,3}. */
+
+if (escape == ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET &&
+ !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
+
+/* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */
+
+if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && escape >= ESC_D && escape <= ESC_w)
+ escape += (ESC_DU - ESC_D);
+
+/* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */
+
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+*chptr = c;
+return escape;
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+/*************************************************
+* Handle \P and \p *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
+PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
+pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
+escape sequence.
+
+Argument:
+ ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer
+ negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
+ ptypeptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the type value
+ pdataptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the detailed property value
+ errorcodeptr points to the error code variable
+
+Returns: TRUE if the type value was found, or FALSE for an invalid type
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+get_ucp(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, unsigned int *ptypeptr,
+ unsigned int *pdataptr, int *errorcodeptr)
+{
+pcre_uchar c;
+int i, bot, top;
+const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
+pcre_uchar name[32];
+
+c = *(++ptr);
+if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN;
+
+*negptr = FALSE;
+
+/* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
+negation. */
+
+if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
+ {
+ *negptr = TRUE;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(pcre_uchar)) - 1; i++)
+ {
+ c = *(++ptr);
+ if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN;
+ if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break;
+ name[i] = c;
+ }
+ if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN;
+ name[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+/* Otherwise there is just one following character */
+
+else
+ {
+ name[0] = c;
+ name[1] = 0;
+ }
+
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+
+/* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
+
+bot = 0;
+top = PRIV(utt_size);
+
+while (bot < top)
+ {
+ int r;
+ i = (bot + top) >> 1;
+ r = STRCMP_UC_C8(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset);
+ if (r == 0)
+ {
+ *ptypeptr = PRIV(utt)[i].type;
+ *pdataptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ if (r > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
+ }
+
+*errorcodeptr = ERR47;
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+return FALSE;
+
+ERROR_RETURN:
+*errorcodeptr = ERR46;
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+return FALSE;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Read repeat counts *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
+after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
+so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
+
+Arguments:
+ p pointer to first char after '{'
+ minp pointer to int for min
+ maxp pointer to int for max
+ returned as -1 if no max
+ errorcodeptr points to error code variable
+
+Returns: pointer to '}' on success;
+ current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
+*/
+
+static const pcre_uchar *
+read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
+{
+int min = 0;
+int max = -1;
+
+while (IS_DIGIT(*p))
+ {
+ min = min * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0);
+ if (min > 65535)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
+ return p;
+ }
+ }
+
+if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else
+ {
+ if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
+ {
+ max = 0;
+ while(IS_DIGIT(*p))
+ {
+ max = max * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0);
+ if (max > 65535)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
+ return p;
+ }
+ }
+ if (max < min)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR4;
+ return p;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+*minp = min;
+*maxp = max;
+return p;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Find first significant op code *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
+for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
+that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative
+forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it
+does not.
+
+Arguments:
+ code pointer to the start of the group
+ skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
+
+Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode
+*/
+
+static const pcre_uchar*
+first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL skipassert)
+{
+for (;;)
+ {
+ switch ((int)*code)
+ {
+ case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+ if (!skipassert) return code;
+ do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code];
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ if (!skipassert) return code;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_CALLOUT:
+ case OP_CREF:
+ case OP_DNCREF:
+ case OP_RREF:
+ case OP_DNRREF:
+ case OP_DEF:
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code];
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return code;
+ }
+ }
+/* Control never reaches here */
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Find the fixed length of a branch *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
+if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
+In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is
+temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called.
+
+This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it
+fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern.
+However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls,
+because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case
+and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ atend TRUE if called when the pattern is complete
+ cd the "compile data" structure
+
+Returns: the fixed length,
+ or -1 if there is no fixed length,
+ or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only)
+ or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE
+ or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error)
+*/
+
+static int
+find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd)
+{
+int length = -1;
+
+register int branchlength = 0;
+register pcre_uchar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+
+/* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
+branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
+
+for (;;)
+ {
+ int d;
+ pcre_uchar *ce, *cs;
+ register pcre_uchar op = *cc;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and
+ OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these
+ opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course
+ are not of fixed length. */
+
+ case OP_CBRA:
+ case OP_BRA:
+ case OP_ONCE:
+ case OP_ONCE_NC:
+ case OP_COND:
+ d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? IMM2_SIZE : 0), utf, atend, cd);
+ if (d < 0) return d;
+ branchlength += d;
+ do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
+ cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call.
+ If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively
+ an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by
+ the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here,
+ because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */
+
+ case OP_ALT:
+ case OP_KET:
+ case OP_END:
+ case OP_ACCEPT:
+ case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT:
+ if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
+ else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
+ if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
+ cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ branchlength = 0;
+ break;
+
+ /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may
+ be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with
+ it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */
+
+ case OP_RECURSE:
+ if (!atend) return -3;
+ cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1); /* Start subpattern */
+ do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); /* End subpattern */
+ if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1; /* Recursion */
+ d = find_fixedlength(cs + IMM2_SIZE, utf, atend, cd);
+ if (d < 0) return d;
+ branchlength += d;
+ cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
+
+ case OP_ASSERT:
+ case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+ do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
+ cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
+ break;
+
+ /* Skip over things that don't match chars */
+
+ case OP_MARK:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ cc += cc[1] + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CALLOUT:
+ case OP_CIRC:
+ case OP_CIRCM:
+ case OP_CLOSE:
+ case OP_COMMIT:
+ case OP_CREF:
+ case OP_DEF:
+ case OP_DNCREF:
+ case OP_DNRREF:
+ case OP_DOLL:
+ case OP_DOLLM:
+ case OP_EOD:
+ case OP_EODN:
+ case OP_FAIL:
+ case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ case OP_PRUNE:
+ case OP_REVERSE:
+ case OP_RREF:
+ case OP_SET_SOM:
+ case OP_SKIP:
+ case OP_SOD:
+ case OP_SOM:
+ case OP_THEN:
+ case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
+ cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle literal characters */
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ branchlength++;
+ cc += 2;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]);
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
+ need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */
+
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1);
+ cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]);
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
+ if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
+ cc += 2;
+ cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1;
+ break;
+
+ /* Handle single-char matchers */
+
+ case OP_PROP:
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ cc += 2;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ case OP_ANY:
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ branchlength++;
+ cc++;
+ break;
+
+ /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode;
+ otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */
+
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+ return -2;
+
+ /* Check a class for variable quantification */
+
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ /* The original code caused an unsigned overflow in 64 bit systems,
+ so now we use a conditional statement. */
+ if (op == OP_XCLASS)
+ cc += GET(cc, 1);
+ else
+ cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
+#else
+ cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
+#endif
+
+ switch (*cc)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR:
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPLUS:
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ case OP_CRPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_CRPOSQUERY:
+ return -1;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ case OP_CRPOSRANGE:
+ if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,1+IMM2_SIZE)) return -1;
+ branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1);
+ cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ branchlength++;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Anything else is variable length */
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ case OP_BRAMINZERO:
+ case OP_BRAPOS:
+ case OP_BRAPOSZERO:
+ case OP_BRAZERO:
+ case OP_CBRAPOS:
+ case OP_EXTUNI:
+ case OP_KETRMAX:
+ case OP_KETRMIN:
+ case OP_KETRPOS:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_REF:
+ case OP_REFI:
+ case OP_DNREF:
+ case OP_DNREFI:
+ case OP_SBRA:
+ case OP_SBRAPOS:
+ case OP_SCBRA:
+ case OP_SCBRAPOS:
+ case OP_SCOND:
+ case OP_SKIPZERO:
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ return -1;
+
+ /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they
+ are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */
+
+ default:
+ return -4;
+ }
+ }
+/* Control never gets here */
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan compiled regex for specific bracket *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
+capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an
+instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense
+so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching
+length.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ number the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind
+
+Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
+*/
+
+const pcre_uchar *
+PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, int number)
+{
+for (;;)
+ {
+ register pcre_uchar c = *code;
+
+ if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
+
+ /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
+ map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
+ the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
+
+ if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
+
+ /* Handle recursion */
+
+ else if (c == OP_REVERSE)
+ {
+ if (number < 0) return (pcre_uchar *)code;
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ }
+
+ /* Handle capturing bracket */
+
+ else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA ||
+ c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ {
+ int n = (int)GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE);
+ if (n == number) return (pcre_uchar *)code;
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
+ repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
+ two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we
+ must add in its length. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
+ code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MARK:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ code += code[1];
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
+
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+
+ /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
+ a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
+ arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf) switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
+ break;
+ }
+#else
+ (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan compiled regex for recursion reference *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
+instance of OP_RECURSE.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+
+Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
+*/
+
+static const pcre_uchar *
+find_recurse(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf)
+{
+for (;;)
+ {
+ register pcre_uchar c = *code;
+ if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
+ if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
+
+ /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
+ map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
+ the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
+
+ if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
+
+ /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
+ repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
+ two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we
+ must add in its length. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
+ code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MARK:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ code += code[1];
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
+
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+
+ /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
+ by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
+ to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf) switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+ if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
+ break;
+ }
+#else
+ (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
+can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty()
+below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a
+group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over
+backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we
+hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner
+bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of search
+ endcode points to where to stop
+ utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ recurses chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion
+
+Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty
+*/
+
+typedef struct recurse_check {
+ struct recurse_check *prev;
+ const pcre_uchar *group;
+} recurse_check;
+
+static BOOL
+could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode,
+ BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, recurse_check *recurses)
+{
+register pcre_uchar c;
+recurse_check this_recurse;
+
+for (code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], TRUE);
+ code < endcode;
+ code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[c], TRUE))
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *ccode;
+
+ c = *code;
+
+ /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by
+ first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */
+
+ if (c == OP_ASSERT)
+ {
+ do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ c = *code;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which
+ implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a
+ forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference
+ we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is
+ called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that
+ measures the size of the compiled pattern. */
+
+ if (c == OP_RECURSE)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1);
+ BOOL empty_branch;
+
+ /* Test for forward reference or uncompleted reference. This is disabled
+ when called to scan a completed pattern by setting cd->start_workspace to
+ NULL. */
+
+ if (cd->start_workspace != NULL)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *tcode;
+ for (tcode = cd->start_workspace; tcode < cd->hwm; tcode += LINK_SIZE)
+ if ((int)GET(tcode, 0) == (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)) return TRUE;
+ if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Unclosed */
+ }
+
+ /* If we are scanning a completed pattern, there are no forward references
+ and all groups are complete. We need to detect whether this is a recursive
+ call, as otherwise there will be an infinite loop. If it is a recursion,
+ just skip over it. Simple recursions are easily detected. For mutual
+ recursions we keep a chain on the stack. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ recurse_check *r = recurses;
+ const pcre_uchar *endgroup = scode;
+
+ do endgroup += GET(endgroup, 1); while (*endgroup == OP_ALT);
+ if (code >= scode && code <= endgroup) continue; /* Simple recursion */
+
+ for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev)
+ if (r->group == scode) break;
+ if (r != NULL) continue; /* Mutual recursion */
+ }
+
+ /* Completed reference; scan the referenced group, remembering it on the
+ stack chain to detect mutual recursions. */
+
+ empty_branch = FALSE;
+ this_recurse.prev = recurses;
+ this_recurse.group = scode;
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf, cd, &this_recurse))
+ {
+ empty_branch = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ scode += GET(scode, 1);
+ }
+ while (*scode == OP_ALT);
+
+ if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */
+
+ if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO ||
+ c == OP_BRAPOSZERO)
+ {
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ c = *code;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be
+ skipped. */
+
+ if (c == OP_SBRA || c == OP_SBRAPOS ||
+ c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ {
+ do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ c = *code;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* For other groups, scan the branches. */
+
+ if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_BRAPOS ||
+ c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS ||
+ c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC ||
+ c == OP_COND)
+ {
+ BOOL empty_branch;
+ if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */
+
+ /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied,
+ empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty.
+ Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */
+
+ if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT)
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ else
+ {
+ empty_branch = FALSE;
+ do
+ {
+ if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf, cd, NULL))
+ empty_branch = TRUE;
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ }
+ while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */
+ }
+
+ c = *code;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle the other opcodes */
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that
+ cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single
+ high-valued characters. The length in PRIV(OP_lengths)[] is zero; the
+ actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code"
+ here. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ ccode = code += GET(code, 1);
+ goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
+#endif
+
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ ccode = code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
+#endif
+
+ switch (*ccode)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ case OP_CRPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPOSQUERY:
+ break;
+
+ default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */
+ case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ case OP_CRPOSPLUS:
+ return FALSE;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ case OP_CRPOSRANGE:
+ if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /* Opcodes that must match a character */
+
+ case OP_ANY:
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ case OP_ANYBYTE:
+
+ case OP_PROP:
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ case OP_EXTUNI:
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to
+ fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */
+
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ /* Same for these */
+
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
+ code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ /* End of branch */
+
+ case OP_KET:
+ case OP_KETRMAX:
+ case OP_KETRMIN:
+ case OP_KETRPOS:
+ case OP_ALT:
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO,
+ MINUPTO, and POSUPTO and their caseless and negative versions may be
+ followed by a multibyte character. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1]);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE]);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument
+ string. */
+
+ case OP_MARK:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ code += code[1];
+ break;
+
+ /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
+the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
+string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
+stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
+This function is called only during the real compile, not during the
+pre-compile.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of the recursion
+ endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
+ bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
+ utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ cd pointers to tables etc
+
+Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode,
+ branch_chain *bcptr, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd)
+{
+while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code)
+ {
+ if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf, cd, NULL))
+ return FALSE;
+ bcptr = bcptr->outer;
+ }
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Base opcode of repeated opcodes *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Returns the base opcode for repeated single character type opcodes. If the
+opcode is not a repeated character type, it returns with the original value.
+
+Arguments: c opcode
+Returns: base opcode for the type
+*/
+
+static pcre_uchar
+get_repeat_base(pcre_uchar c)
+{
+return (c > OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)? c :
+ (c >= OP_TYPESTAR)? OP_TYPESTAR :
+ (c >= OP_NOTSTARI)? OP_NOTSTARI :
+ (c >= OP_NOTSTAR)? OP_NOTSTAR :
+ (c >= OP_STARI)? OP_STARI :
+ OP_STAR;
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+/*************************************************
+* Check a character and a property *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item
+is adjacent to a fixed character.
+
+Arguments:
+ c the character
+ ptype the property type
+ pdata the data for the type
+ negated TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^)
+
+Returns: TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+check_char_prop(pcre_uint32 c, unsigned int ptype, unsigned int pdata,
+ BOOL negated)
+{
+const pcre_uint32 *p;
+const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c);
+
+switch(ptype)
+ {
+ case PT_LAMP:
+ return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
+ prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated;
+
+ case PT_GC:
+ return (pdata == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == negated;
+
+ case PT_PC:
+ return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated;
+
+ case PT_SC:
+ return (pdata == prop->script) == negated;
+
+ /* These are specials */
+
+ case PT_ALNUM:
+ return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated;
+
+ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which
+ means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed
+ at release 8.34. */
+
+ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */
+ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES:
+ VSPACE_CASES:
+ return negated;
+
+ default:
+ return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) == negated;
+ }
+ break; /* Control never reaches here */
+
+ case PT_WORD:
+ return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
+ PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N ||
+ c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated;
+
+ case PT_CLIST:
+ p = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop->caseset;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (c < *p) return !negated;
+ if (c == *p++) return negated;
+ }
+ break; /* Control never reaches here */
+ }
+
+return FALSE;
+}
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Fill the character property list *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Checks whether the code points to an opcode that can take part in auto-
+possessification, and if so, fills a list with its properties.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression
+ utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ fcc points to case-flipping table
+ list points to output list
+ list[0] will be filled with the opcode
+ list[1] will be non-zero if this opcode
+ can match an empty character string
+ list[2..7] depends on the opcode
+
+Returns: points to the start of the next opcode if *code is accepted
+ NULL if *code is not accepted
+*/
+
+static const pcre_uchar *
+get_chr_property_list(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf,
+ const pcre_uint8 *fcc, pcre_uint32 *list)
+{
+pcre_uchar c = *code;
+pcre_uchar base;
+const pcre_uchar *end;
+pcre_uint32 chr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+pcre_uint32 *clist_dest;
+const pcre_uint32 *clist_src;
+#else
+utf = utf; /* Suppress "unused parameter" compiler warning */
+#endif
+
+list[0] = c;
+list[1] = FALSE;
+code++;
+
+if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ base = get_repeat_base(c);
+ c -= (base - OP_STAR);
+
+ if (c == OP_UPTO || c == OP_MINUPTO || c == OP_EXACT || c == OP_POSUPTO)
+ code += IMM2_SIZE;
+
+ list[1] = (c != OP_PLUS && c != OP_MINPLUS && c != OP_EXACT && c != OP_POSPLUS);
+
+ switch(base)
+ {
+ case OP_STAR:
+ list[0] = OP_CHAR;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_STARI:
+ list[0] = OP_CHARI;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ list[0] = OP_NOT;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ list[0] = OP_NOTI;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ list[0] = *code;
+ code++;
+ break;
+ }
+ c = list[0];
+ }
+
+switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ case OP_ANY:
+ case OP_ALLANY:
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ case OP_EXTUNI:
+ case OP_EODN:
+ case OP_EOD:
+ case OP_DOLL:
+ case OP_DOLLM:
+ return code;
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code);
+ list[2] = chr;
+ list[3] = NOTACHAR;
+ return code;
+
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ list[0] = (c == OP_CHARI) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT;
+ GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code);
+ list[2] = chr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (chr < 128 || (chr < 256 && !utf))
+ list[3] = fcc[chr];
+ else
+ list[3] = UCD_OTHERCASE(chr);
+#elif defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ list[3] = (chr < 256) ? fcc[chr] : chr;
+#else
+ list[3] = fcc[chr];
+#endif
+
+ /* The othercase might be the same value. */
+
+ if (chr == list[3])
+ list[3] = NOTACHAR;
+ else
+ list[4] = NOTACHAR;
+ return code;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case OP_PROP:
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ if (code[0] != PT_CLIST)
+ {
+ list[2] = code[0];
+ list[3] = code[1];
+ return code + 2;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert only if we have enough space. */
+
+ clist_src = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[1];
+ clist_dest = list + 2;
+ code += 2;
+
+ do {
+ if (clist_dest >= list + 8)
+ {
+ /* Early return if there is not enough space. This should never
+ happen, since all clists are shorter than 5 character now. */
+ list[2] = code[0];
+ list[3] = code[1];
+ return code;
+ }
+ *clist_dest++ = *clist_src;
+ }
+ while(*clist_src++ != NOTACHAR);
+
+ /* All characters are stored. The terminating NOTACHAR
+ is copied form the clist itself. */
+
+ list[0] = (c == OP_PROP) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT;
+ return code;
+#endif
+
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ case OP_CLASS:
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ if (c == OP_XCLASS)
+ end = code + GET(code, 0) - 1;
+ else
+#endif
+ end = code + 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+
+ switch(*end)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR:
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ case OP_CRPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_CRPOSQUERY:
+ list[1] = TRUE;
+ end++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRPLUS:
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ case OP_CRPOSPLUS:
+ end++;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ case OP_CRPOSRANGE:
+ list[1] = (GET2(end, 1) == 0);
+ end += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE;
+ break;
+ }
+ list[2] = end - code;
+ return end;
+ }
+return NULL; /* Opcode not accepted */
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan further character sets for match *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Checks whether the base and the current opcode have a common character, in
+which case the base cannot be possessified.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to the byte code
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ cd static compile data
+ base_list the data list of the base opcode
+
+Returns: TRUE if the auto-possessification is possible
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+compare_opcodes(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd,
+ const pcre_uint32 *base_list, const pcre_uchar *base_end)
+{
+pcre_uchar c;
+pcre_uint32 list[8];
+const pcre_uint32 *chr_ptr;
+const pcre_uint32 *ochr_ptr;
+const pcre_uint32 *list_ptr;
+const pcre_uchar *next_code;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+const pcre_uchar *xclass_flags;
+#endif
+const pcre_uint8 *class_bitset;
+const pcre_uint8 *set1, *set2, *set_end;
+pcre_uint32 chr;
+BOOL accepted, invert_bits;
+
+/* Note: the base_list[1] contains whether the current opcode has greedy
+(represented by a non-zero value) quantifier. This is a different from
+other character type lists, which stores here that the character iterator
+matches to an empty string (also represented by a non-zero value). */
+
+for(;;)
+ {
+ /* All operations move the code pointer forward.
+ Therefore infinite recursions are not possible. */
+
+ c = *code;
+
+ /* Skip over callouts */
+
+ if (c == OP_CALLOUT)
+ {
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == OP_ALT)
+ {
+ do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
+ c = *code;
+ }
+
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_END:
+ case OP_KETRPOS:
+ /* TRUE only in greedy case. The non-greedy case could be replaced by
+ an OP_EXACT, but it is probably not worth it. (And note that OP_EXACT
+ uses more memory, which we cannot get at this stage.) */
+
+ return base_list[1] != 0;
+
+ case OP_KET:
+ /* If the bracket is capturing, and referenced by an OP_RECURSE, or
+ it is an atomic sub-pattern (assert, once, etc.) the non-greedy case
+ cannot be converted to a possessive form. */
+
+ if (base_list[1] == 0) return FALSE;
+
+ switch(*(code - GET(code, 1)))
+ {
+ case OP_ASSERT:
+ case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK:
+ case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
+ case OP_ONCE:
+ case OP_ONCE_NC:
+ /* Atomic sub-patterns and assertions can always auto-possessify their
+ last iterator. */
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ continue;
+
+ case OP_ONCE:
+ case OP_ONCE_NC:
+ case OP_BRA:
+ case OP_CBRA:
+ next_code = code + GET(code, 1);
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+
+ while (*next_code == OP_ALT)
+ {
+ if (!compare_opcodes(code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end)) return FALSE;
+ code = next_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ next_code += GET(next_code, 1);
+ }
+ continue;
+
+ case OP_BRAZERO:
+ case OP_BRAMINZERO:
+
+ next_code = code + 1;
+ if (*next_code != OP_BRA && *next_code != OP_CBRA
+ && *next_code != OP_ONCE && *next_code != OP_ONCE_NC) return FALSE;
+
+ do next_code += GET(next_code, 1); while (*next_code == OP_ALT);
+
+ /* The bracket content will be checked by the
+ OP_BRA/OP_CBRA case above. */
+ next_code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ if (!compare_opcodes(next_code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for a supported opcode, and load its properties. */
+
+ code = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list);
+ if (code == NULL) return FALSE; /* Unsupported */
+
+ /* If either opcode is a small character list, set pointers for comparing
+ characters from that list with another list, or with a property. */
+
+ if (base_list[0] == OP_CHAR)
+ {
+ chr_ptr = base_list + 2;
+ list_ptr = list;
+ }
+ else if (list[0] == OP_CHAR)
+ {
+ chr_ptr = list + 2;
+ list_ptr = base_list;
+ }
+
+ /* Character bitsets can also be compared to certain opcodes. */
+
+ else if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || list[0] == OP_CLASS
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ /* In 8 bit, non-UTF mode, OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS are the same. */
+ || (!utf && (base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS || list[0] == OP_NCLASS))
+#endif
+ )
+ {
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || (!utf && base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS))
+#else
+ if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS)
+#endif
+ {
+ set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(base_end - base_list[2]);
+ list_ptr = list;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(code - list[2]);
+ list_ptr = base_list;
+ }
+
+ invert_bits = FALSE;
+ switch(list_ptr[0])
+ {
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)
+ ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]);
+ break;
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ xclass_flags = (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE;
+ if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_HASPROP) != 0) return FALSE;
+ if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_MAP) == 0)
+ {
+ /* No bits are set for characters < 256. */
+ if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE;
+ /* Might be an empty repeat. */
+ continue;
+ }
+ set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(xclass_flags + 1);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ invert_bits = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_digit);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ invert_bits = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_space);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ invert_bits = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_word);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Because the sets are unaligned, we need
+ to perform byte comparison here. */
+ set_end = set1 + 32;
+ if (invert_bits)
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ if ((*set1++ & ~(*set2++)) != 0) return FALSE;
+ }
+ while (set1 < set_end);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ if ((*set1++ & *set2++) != 0) return FALSE;
+ }
+ while (set1 < set_end);
+ }
+
+ if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE;
+ /* Might be an empty repeat. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Some property combinations also acceptable. Unicode property opcodes are
+ processed specially; the rest can be handled with a lookup table. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 leftop, rightop;
+
+ leftop = base_list[0];
+ rightop = list[0];
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ accepted = FALSE; /* Always set in non-unicode case. */
+ if (leftop == OP_PROP || leftop == OP_NOTPROP)
+ {
+ if (rightop == OP_EOD)
+ accepted = TRUE;
+ else if (rightop == OP_PROP || rightop == OP_NOTPROP)
+ {
+ int n;
+ const pcre_uint8 *p;
+ BOOL same = leftop == rightop;
+ BOOL lisprop = leftop == OP_PROP;
+ BOOL risprop = rightop == OP_PROP;
+ BOOL bothprop = lisprop && risprop;
+
+ /* There's a table that specifies how each combination is to be
+ processed:
+ 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify)
+ 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP)
+ 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular)
+ 3 Return TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same
+ ... see comments below
+ */
+
+ n = propposstab[base_list[2]][list[2]];
+ switch(n)
+ {
+ case 0: break;
+ case 1: accepted = bothprop; break;
+ case 2: accepted = (base_list[3] == list[3]) != same; break;
+ case 3: accepted = !same; break;
+
+ case 4: /* Left general category, right particular category */
+ accepted = risprop && catposstab[base_list[3]][list[3]] == same;
+ break;
+
+ case 5: /* Right general category, left particular category */
+ accepted = lisprop && catposstab[list[3]][base_list[3]] == same;
+ break;
+
+ /* This code is logically tricky. Think hard before fiddling with it.
+ The posspropstab table has four entries per row. Each row relates to
+ one of PCRE's special properties such as ALNUM or SPACE or WORD.
+ Only WORD actually needs all four entries, but using repeats for the
+ others means they can all use the same code below.
+
+ The first two entries in each row are Unicode general categories, and
+ apply always, because all the characters they include are part of the
+ PCRE character set. The third and fourth entries are a general and a
+ particular category, respectively, that include one or more relevant
+ characters. One or the other is used, depending on whether the check
+ is for a general or a particular category. However, in both cases the
+ category contains more characters than the specials that are defined
+ for the property being tested against. Therefore, it cannot be used
+ in a NOTPROP case.
+
+ Example: the row for WORD contains ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po.
+ Underscore is covered by ucp_P or ucp_Po. */
+
+ case 6: /* Left alphanum vs right general category */
+ case 7: /* Left space vs right general category */
+ case 8: /* Left word vs right general category */
+ p = posspropstab[n-6];
+ accepted = risprop && lisprop ==
+ (list[3] != p[0] &&
+ list[3] != p[1] &&
+ (list[3] != p[2] || !lisprop));
+ break;
+
+ case 9: /* Right alphanum vs left general category */
+ case 10: /* Right space vs left general category */
+ case 11: /* Right word vs left general category */
+ p = posspropstab[n-9];
+ accepted = lisprop && risprop ==
+ (base_list[3] != p[0] &&
+ base_list[3] != p[1] &&
+ (base_list[3] != p[2] || !risprop));
+ break;
+
+ case 12: /* Left alphanum vs right particular category */
+ case 13: /* Left space vs right particular category */
+ case 14: /* Left word vs right particular category */
+ p = posspropstab[n-12];
+ accepted = risprop && lisprop ==
+ (catposstab[p[0]][list[3]] &&
+ catposstab[p[1]][list[3]] &&
+ (list[3] != p[3] || !lisprop));
+ break;
+
+ case 15: /* Right alphanum vs left particular category */
+ case 16: /* Right space vs left particular category */
+ case 17: /* Right word vs left particular category */
+ p = posspropstab[n-15];
+ accepted = lisprop && risprop ==
+ (catposstab[p[0]][base_list[3]] &&
+ catposstab[p[1]][base_list[3]] &&
+ (base_list[3] != p[3] || !risprop));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+ accepted = leftop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && leftop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP &&
+ rightop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && rightop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP &&
+ autoposstab[leftop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP][rightop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP];
+
+ if (!accepted)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE;
+ /* Might be an empty repeat. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Control reaches here only if one of the items is a small character list.
+ All characters are checked against the other side. */
+
+ do
+ {
+ chr = *chr_ptr;
+
+ switch(list_ptr[0])
+ {
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2;
+ do
+ {
+ if (chr == *ochr_ptr) return FALSE;
+ ochr_ptr++;
+ }
+ while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR);
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT:
+ ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2;
+ do
+ {
+ if (chr == *ochr_ptr)
+ break;
+ ochr_ptr++;
+ }
+ while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR);
+ if (*ochr_ptr == NOTACHAR) return FALSE; /* Not found */
+ break;
+
+ /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not*
+ set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */
+
+ case OP_DIGIT:
+ if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) != 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
+ if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WHITESPACE:
+ if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) != 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
+ if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) == 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_WORDCHAR:
+ if (chr < 255 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) != 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
+ if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) == 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_HSPACE:
+ switch(chr)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: return FALSE;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
+ switch(chr)
+ {
+ HSPACE_CASES: break;
+ default: return FALSE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_ANYNL:
+ case OP_VSPACE:
+ switch(chr)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: return FALSE;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
+ switch(chr)
+ {
+ VSPACE_CASES: break;
+ default: return FALSE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_DOLL:
+ case OP_EODN:
+ switch (chr)
+ {
+ case CHAR_CR:
+ case CHAR_LF:
+ case CHAR_VT:
+ case CHAR_FF:
+ case CHAR_NEL:
+#ifndef EBCDIC
+ case 0x2028:
+ case 0x2029:
+#endif /* Not EBCDIC */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case OP_EOD: /* Can always possessify before \z */
+ break;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case OP_PROP:
+ case OP_NOTPROP:
+ if (!check_char_prop(chr, list_ptr[2], list_ptr[3],
+ list_ptr[0] == OP_NOTPROP))
+ return FALSE;
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ if (chr > 255) return FALSE;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ if (chr > 255) break;
+ class_bitset = (pcre_uint8 *)
+ ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]);
+ if ((class_bitset[chr >> 3] & (1 << (chr & 7))) != 0) return FALSE;
+ break;
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ if (PRIV(xclass)(chr, (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) -
+ list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE, utf)) return FALSE;
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ chr_ptr++;
+ }
+ while(*chr_ptr != NOTACHAR);
+
+ /* At least one character must be matched from this opcode. */
+
+ if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE;
+ }
+
+/* Control never reaches here. There used to be a fail-save return FALSE; here,
+but some compilers complain about an unreachable statement. */
+
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Scan compiled regex for auto-possession *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Replaces single character iterations with their possessive alternatives
+if appropriate. This function modifies the compiled opcode!
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of the byte code
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ cd static compile data
+
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+auto_possessify(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd)
+{
+register pcre_uchar c;
+const pcre_uchar *end;
+pcre_uchar *repeat_opcode;
+pcre_uint32 list[8];
+
+for (;;)
+ {
+ c = *code;
+
+ if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)
+ {
+ c -= get_repeat_base(c) - OP_STAR;
+ end = (c <= OP_MINUPTO) ?
+ get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list) : NULL;
+ list[1] = c == OP_STAR || c == OP_PLUS || c == OP_QUERY || c == OP_UPTO;
+
+ if (end != NULL && compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end))
+ {
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_STAR:
+ *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_STAR;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_MINSTAR;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_PLUS;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_MINPLUS;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_QUERY;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_MINQUERY;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_UPTO;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_MINUPTO;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ c = *code;
+ }
+ else if (c == OP_CLASS || c == OP_NCLASS || c == OP_XCLASS)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (c == OP_XCLASS)
+ repeat_opcode = code + GET(code, 1);
+ else
+#endif
+ repeat_opcode = code + 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar));
+
+ c = *repeat_opcode;
+ if (c >= OP_CRSTAR && c <= OP_CRMINRANGE)
+ {
+ /* end must not be NULL. */
+ end = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list);
+
+ list[1] = (c & 1) == 0;
+
+ if (compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end))
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case OP_CRSTAR:
+ case OP_CRMINSTAR:
+ *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRPLUS:
+ case OP_CRMINPLUS:
+ *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRQUERY:
+ case OP_CRMINQUERY:
+ *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_CRRANGE:
+ case OP_CRMINRANGE:
+ *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ c = *code;
+ }
+
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_END:
+ return;
+
+ case OP_TYPESTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
+ if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
+ if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
+ code += 2;
+ break;
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case OP_MARK:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ code += code[1];
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
+
+ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
+
+ /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
+ a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
+ arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf) switch(c)
+ {
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ case OP_STAR:
+ case OP_MINSTAR:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_QUERY:
+ case OP_MINQUERY:
+ case OP_UPTO:
+ case OP_MINUPTO:
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_POSSTAR:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ case OP_POSQUERY:
+ case OP_POSUPTO:
+ case OP_STARI:
+ case OP_MINSTARI:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_QUERYI:
+ case OP_MINQUERYI:
+ case OP_UPTOI:
+ case OP_MINUPTOI:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_POSSTARI:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSQUERYI:
+ case OP_POSUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
+ case OP_NOTSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
+ case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
+ if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
+ break;
+ }
+#else
+ (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for POSIX class syntax *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
+encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a
+sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we
+reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE.
+
+Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the
+terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters,
+though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an
+"Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE
+didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:].
+
+The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We
+have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX
+class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code
+below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape
+processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:]
+where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize
+"l\ower". This is a lesser evil than not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does,
+I think.
+
+A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not.
+It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent
+external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or
+a digit.
+
+In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For
+example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for
+[:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not
+seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class
+names.
+
+Arguments:
+ ptr pointer to the initial [
+ endptr where to return the end pointer
+
+Returns: TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar *ptr, const pcre_uchar **endptr)
+{
+pcre_uchar terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
+terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
+for (++ptr; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++)
+ {
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
+ ptr++;
+ else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE;
+ else
+ {
+ if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
+ {
+ *endptr = ptr;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
+ (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
+ ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
+ check_posix_syntax(ptr, endptr))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check POSIX class name *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
+such as [:alnum:].
+
+Arguments:
+ ptr points to the first letter
+ len the length of the name
+
+Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
+*/
+
+static int
+check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar *ptr, int len)
+{
+const char *pn = posix_names;
+register int yield = 0;
+while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
+ {
+ if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
+ STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, pn, (unsigned int)len) == 0) return yield;
+ pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1;
+ yield++;
+ }
+return -1;
+}
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
+that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
+repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
+earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
+optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is
+inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE
+items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to
+have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it
+is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with
+OP_END.
+
+This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for
+recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references
+for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in
+the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the
+value in the reference (which is a group number).
+
+Arguments:
+ group points to the start of the group
+ adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved
+ utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ save_hwm the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group
+
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd,
+ pcre_uchar *save_hwm)
+{
+pcre_uchar *ptr = group;
+
+while ((ptr = (pcre_uchar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf)) != NULL)
+ {
+ int offset;
+ pcre_uchar *hc;
+
+ /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the
+ reference. */
+
+ for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ offset = (int)GET(hc, 0);
+ if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1)
+ {
+ PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this
+ group. */
+
+ if (hc >= cd->hwm)
+ {
+ offset = (int)GET(ptr, 1);
+ if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
+ }
+
+ ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Insert an automatic callout point *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
+callout points before each pattern item.
+
+Arguments:
+ code current code pointer
+ ptr current pattern pointer
+ cd pointers to tables etc
+
+Returns: new code pointer
+*/
+
+static pcre_uchar *
+auto_callout(pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
+{
+*code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
+*code++ = 255;
+PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern)); /* Pattern offset */
+PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */
+return code + 2 * LINK_SIZE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Complete a callout item *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
+we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
+for both automatic and manual callouts.
+
+Arguments:
+ previous_callout points to previous callout item
+ ptr current pattern pointer
+ cd pointers to tables etc
+
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+complete_callout(pcre_uchar *previous_callout, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
+{
+int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2));
+PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+/*************************************************
+* Get othercase range *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
+with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for ranges of
+characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
+start address. A character with multiple other cases is returned on its own
+with a special return value.
+
+Arguments:
+ cptr points to starting character value; updated
+ d end value
+ ocptr where to put start of othercase range
+ odptr where to put end of othercase range
+
+Yield: -1 when no more
+ 0 when a range is returned
+ >0 the CASESET offset for char with multiple other cases
+ in this case, ocptr contains the original
+*/
+
+static int
+get_othercase_range(pcre_uint32 *cptr, pcre_uint32 d, pcre_uint32 *ocptr,
+ pcre_uint32 *odptr)
+{
+pcre_uint32 c, othercase, next;
+unsigned int co;
+
+/* Find the first character that has an other case. If it has multiple other
+cases, return its case offset value. */
+
+for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
+ {
+ if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
+ {
+ *ocptr = c++; /* Character that has the set */
+ *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */
+ return (int)co;
+ }
+ if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break;
+ }
+
+if (c > d) return -1; /* Reached end of range */
+
+/* Found a character that has a single other case. Search for the end of the
+range, which is either the end of the input range, or a character that has zero
+or more than one other cases. */
+
+*ocptr = othercase;
+next = othercase + 1;
+
+for (++c; c <= d; c++)
+ {
+ if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0 || UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break;
+ next++;
+ }
+
+*odptr = next - 1; /* End of othercase range */
+*cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */
+return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Add a character or range to a class *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function packages up the logic of adding a character or range of
+characters to a class. The character values in the arguments will be within the
+valid values for the current mode (8-bit, 16-bit, UTF, etc). This function is
+mutually recursive with the function immediately below.
+
+Arguments:
+ classbits the bit map for characters < 256
+ uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data
+ options the options word
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ start start of range character
+ end end of range character
+
+Returns: the number of < 256 characters added
+ the pointer to extra data is updated
+*/
+
+static int
+add_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options,
+ compile_data *cd, pcre_uint32 start, pcre_uint32 end)
+{
+pcre_uint32 c;
+pcre_uint32 classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff);
+int n8 = 0;
+
+/* If caseless matching is required, scan the range and process alternate
+cases. In Unicode, there are 8-bit characters that have alternate cases that
+are greater than 255 and vice-versa. Sometimes we can just extend the original
+range. */
+
+if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
+ {
+ int rc;
+ pcre_uint32 oc, od;
+
+ options &= ~PCRE_CASELESS; /* Remove for recursive calls */
+ c = start;
+
+ while ((rc = get_othercase_range(&c, end, &oc, &od)) >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Handle a single character that has more than one other case. */
+
+ if (rc > 0) n8 += add_list_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd,
+ PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + rc, oc);
+
+ /* Do nothing if the other case range is within the original range. */
+
+ else if (oc >= start && od <= end) continue;
+
+ /* Extend the original range if there is overlap, noting that if oc < c, we
+ can't have od > end because a subrange is always shorter than the basic
+ range. Otherwise, use a recursive call to add the additional range. */
+
+ else if (oc < start && od >= start - 1) start = oc; /* Extend downwards */
+ else if (od > end && oc <= end + 1) end = od; /* Extend upwards */
+ else n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, oc, od);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */
+
+ /* Not UTF-mode, or no UCP */
+
+ for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++)
+ {
+ SETBIT(classbits, cd->fcc[c]);
+ n8++;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Now handle the original range. Adjust the final value according to the bit
+length - this means that the same lists of (e.g.) horizontal spaces can be used
+in all cases. */
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) == 0)
+#endif
+ if (end > 0xff) end = 0xff;
+
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if ((options & PCRE_UTF16) == 0)
+#endif
+ if (end > 0xffff) end = 0xffff;
+
+#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */
+
+/* Use the bitmap for characters < 256. Otherwise use extra data.*/
+
+for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++)
+ {
+ /* Regardless of start, c will always be <= 255. */
+ SETBIT(classbits, c);
+ n8++;
+ }
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+if (start <= 0xff) start = 0xff + 1;
+
+if (end >= start)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *uchardata = *uchardptr;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) /* All UTFs use the same flag bit */
+ {
+ if (start < end)
+ {
+ *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
+ uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata);
+ uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(end, uchardata);
+ }
+ else if (start == end)
+ {
+ *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE;
+ uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+
+ /* Without UTF support, character values are constrained by the bit length,
+ and can only be > 256 for 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. */
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ {}
+#else
+ if (start < end)
+ {
+ *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
+ *uchardata++ = start;
+ *uchardata++ = end;
+ }
+ else if (start == end)
+ {
+ *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE;
+ *uchardata++ = start;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ *uchardptr = uchardata; /* Updata extra data pointer */
+ }
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || !COMPILE_PCRE8 */
+
+return n8; /* Number of 8-bit characters */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Add a list of characters to a class *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is used for adding a list of case-equivalent characters to a
+class, and also for adding a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace. If the
+list is in order (which it should be), ranges of characters are detected and
+handled appropriately. This function is mutually recursive with the function
+above.
+
+Arguments:
+ classbits the bit map for characters < 256
+ uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data
+ options the options word
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
+ except character to omit; this is used when adding lists of
+ case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we
+ already know about
+
+Returns: the number of < 256 characters added
+ the pointer to extra data is updated
+*/
+
+static int
+add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options,
+ compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p, unsigned int except)
+{
+int n8 = 0;
+while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
+ {
+ int n = 0;
+ if (p[0] != except)
+ {
+ while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++;
+ n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0], p[n]);
+ }
+ p += n + 1;
+ }
+return n8;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Add characters not in a list to a class *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is used for adding the complement of a list of horizontal or
+vertical whitespace to a class. The list must be in order.
+
+Arguments:
+ classbits the bit map for characters < 256
+ uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data
+ options the options word
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
+
+Returns: the number of < 256 characters added
+ the pointer to extra data is updated
+*/
+
+static int
+add_not_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr,
+ int options, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p)
+{
+BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+int n8 = 0;
+if (p[0] > 0)
+ n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, 0, p[0] - 1);
+while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
+ {
+ while (p[1] == p[0] + 1) p++;
+ n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0] + 1,
+ (p[1] == NOTACHAR) ? (utf ? 0x10ffffu : 0xffffffffu) : p[1] - 1);
+ p++;
+ }
+return n8;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Compile one branch *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are
+changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
+bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying
+to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile
+phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
+
+Arguments:
+ optionsptr pointer to the option bits
+ codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point
+ ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer
+ errorcodeptr points to error code variable
+ firstcharptr place to put the first required character
+ firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number
+ reqcharptr place to put the last required character
+ reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number
+ bcptr points to current branch chain
+ cond_depth conditional nesting depth
+ cd contains pointers to tables etc.
+ lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase
+ points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
+
+Returns: TRUE on success
+ FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+compile_branch(int *optionsptr, pcre_uchar **codeptr,
+ const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr,
+ pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr,
+ pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr,
+ branch_chain *bcptr, int cond_depth,
+ compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
+{
+int repeat_type, op_type;
+int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */
+int bravalue = 0;
+int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
+pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
+pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
+pcre_uint32 zeroreqchar, zerofirstchar;
+pcre_int32 zeroreqcharflags, zerofirstcharflags;
+pcre_int32 req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
+int options = *optionsptr; /* May change dynamically */
+int after_manual_callout = 0;
+int length_prevgroup = 0;
+register pcre_uint32 c;
+int escape;
+register pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr;
+pcre_uchar *last_code = code;
+pcre_uchar *orig_code = code;
+pcre_uchar *tempcode;
+BOOL inescq = FALSE;
+BOOL groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
+const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
+const pcre_uchar *tempptr;
+const pcre_uchar *nestptr = NULL;
+pcre_uchar *previous = NULL;
+pcre_uchar *previous_callout = NULL;
+pcre_uchar *save_hwm = NULL;
+pcre_uint8 classbits[32];
+
+/* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we
+must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change
+dynamically as we process the pattern. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+/* PCRE_UTF[16|32] have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
+BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+#ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32
+pcre_uchar utf_chars[6];
+#endif
+#else
+BOOL utf = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+/* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). We define
+class_uchardata always so that it can be passed to add_to_class() always,
+though it will not be used in non-UTF 8-bit cases. This avoids having to supply
+alternative calls for the different cases. */
+
+pcre_uchar *class_uchardata;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+BOOL xclass;
+pcre_uchar *class_uchardata_base;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n"));
+#endif
+
+/* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
+
+greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
+greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
+
+/* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
+matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
+matches a non-fixed char first char; reqchar just remains unset if we never
+find one.
+
+When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
+to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
+zerofirstbyte and zeroreqchar when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
+item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
+
+firstchar = reqchar = zerofirstchar = zeroreqchar = 0;
+firstcharflags = reqcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = zeroreqcharflags = REQ_UNSET;
+
+/* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value
+or zero, according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The
+REQ_CASELESS leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the
+firstchar or reqchar variables to record the case status of the
+value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
+
+req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0;
+
+/* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
+
+for (;; ptr++)
+ {
+ BOOL negate_class;
+ BOOL should_flip_negation;
+ BOOL possessive_quantifier;
+ BOOL is_quantifier;
+ BOOL is_recurse;
+ BOOL reset_bracount;
+ int class_has_8bitchar;
+ int class_one_char;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ BOOL xclass_has_prop;
+#endif
+ int newoptions;
+ int recno;
+ int refsign;
+ int skipbytes;
+ pcre_uint32 subreqchar, subfirstchar;
+ pcre_int32 subreqcharflags, subfirstcharflags;
+ int terminator;
+ unsigned int mclength;
+ unsigned int tempbracount;
+ pcre_uint32 ec;
+ pcre_uchar mcbuffer[8];
+
+ /* Get next character in the pattern */
+
+ c = *ptr;
+
+ /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level
+ string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_NULL && nestptr != NULL)
+ {
+ ptr = nestptr;
+ nestptr = NULL;
+ c = *ptr;
+ }
+
+ /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
+ previous cycle of this loop. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+ if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */
+#endif
+ if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
+ WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) /* Check for overrun */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
+ case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time,
+ the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to
+ allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point.
+ */
+
+ if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
+
+ /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */
+
+ if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code);
+ DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c (0x%x)\n", *lengthptr,
+ (int)(code - last_code), c, c));
+
+ /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move
+ it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise,
+ if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */
+
+ if (previous != NULL)
+ {
+ if (previous > orig_code)
+ {
+ memmove(orig_code, previous, IN_UCHARS(code - previous));
+ code -= previous - orig_code;
+ previous = orig_code;
+ }
+ }
+ else code = orig_code;
+
+ /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length
+ next time round. */
+
+ last_code = code;
+ }
+
+ /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward
+ reference list. */
+
+ else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
+ WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
+
+ if (inescq && c != CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
+ {
+ inescq = FALSE;
+ ptr++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (previous_callout != NULL)
+ {
+ if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
+ complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
+ previous_callout = NULL;
+ }
+ if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
+ {
+ previous_callout = code;
+ code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
+ }
+ goto NORMAL_CHAR;
+ }
+ /* Control does not reach here. */
+ }
+
+ /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. We need a loop in order
+ to check for more white space and more comments after a comment. */
+
+ if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
+ {
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ while (MAX_255(c) && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) c = *(++ptr);
+ if (c != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break;
+ ptr++;
+ while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */
+ { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */
+ ptr += cd->nllen;
+ break;
+ }
+ ptr++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr);
+#endif
+ }
+ c = *ptr; /* Either NULL or the char after a newline */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* See if the next thing is a quantifier. */
+
+ is_quantifier =
+ c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
+ (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
+
+ /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is a
+ quantifier or when processing a property substitution string in UCP mode. */
+
+ if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL && nestptr == NULL &&
+ after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
+ {
+ if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
+ complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
+ previous_callout = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Create auto callout, except for quantifiers, or while processing property
+ strings that are substituted for \w etc in UCP mode. */
+
+ if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier && nestptr == NULL)
+ {
+ previous_callout = code;
+ code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
+ }
+
+ /* Process the next pattern item. */
+
+ switch(c)
+ {
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ case CHAR_NULL: /* The branch terminates at string end */
+ case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* or | or ) */
+ case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS:
+ *firstcharptr = firstchar;
+ *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags;
+ *reqcharptr = reqchar;
+ *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags;
+ *codeptr = code;
+ *ptrptr = ptr;
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); /* To include callout length */
+ DPRINTF((">> end branch\n"));
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
+ the setting of any following char as a first character. */
+
+ case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT:
+ previous = NULL;
+ if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
+ {
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ *code++ = OP_CIRCM;
+ }
+ else *code++ = OP_CIRC;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN:
+ previous = NULL;
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL;
+ break;
+
+ /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
+ repeats. The value of reqchar doesn't change either. */
+
+ case CHAR_DOT:
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+ previous = code;
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a
+ 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case
+ where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the
+ map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode
+ so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
+
+ If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
+ opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
+ but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
+ whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
+
+ In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In
+ default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */
+
+ case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
+ if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR64;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ goto NORMAL_CHAR;
+
+ /* In another (POSIX) regex library, the ugly syntax [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] is
+ used for "start of word" and "end of word". As these are otherwise illegal
+ sequences, we don't break anything by recognizing them. They are replaced
+ by \b(?=\w) and \b(?<=\w) respectively. Sequences like [a[:<:]] are
+ erroneous and are handled by the normal code below. */
+
+ case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD, 6) == 0)
+ {
+ nestptr = ptr + 7;
+ ptr = sub_start_of_word - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD, 6) == 0)
+ {
+ nestptr = ptr + 7;
+ ptr = sub_end_of_word - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a real character class. */
+
+ previous = code;
+
+ /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
+ they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
+
+ if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
+ ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
+ check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also,
+ if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we
+ skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
+
+ negate_class = FALSE;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ c = *(++ptr);
+ if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
+ {
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
+ ptr++;
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 1, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
+ ptr += 3;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
+ negate_class = TRUE;
+ else break;
+ }
+
+ /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise,
+ an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles
+ that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas
+ [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
+ (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL;
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the
+ negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works
+ correctly (they are all included in the class). */
+
+ should_flip_negation = FALSE;
+
+ /* Extended class (xclass) will be used when characters > 255
+ might match. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ xclass = FALSE;
+ class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For XCLASS items */
+ class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata; /* Save the start */
+#endif
+
+ /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class:
+ class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero if the class contains at least one <
+ 256 character; class_one_char will be 1 if the class contains just one
+ character; xclass_has_prop will be TRUE if unicode property checks
+ are present in the class. */
+
+ class_has_8bitchar = 0;
+ class_one_char = 0;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ xclass_has_prop = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+ /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a
+ temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains fewer than two
+ 8-bit characters because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit
+ map. */
+
+ memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8));
+
+ /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
+ means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the
+ loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */
+
+ if (c != CHAR_NULL) do
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *oldptr;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c))
+ { /* Braces are required because the */
+ GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any extra
+ data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that
+ contain a zillion > 255 characters no longer overwrite the work space
+ (which is on the stack). We have to remember that there was XCLASS data,
+ however. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL && class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base)
+ {
+ xclass = TRUE;
+ *lengthptr += class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base;
+ class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
+
+ if (inescq)
+ {
+ if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) /* If we are at \E */
+ {
+ inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */
+ ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */
+ continue; /* Carry on with next */
+ }
+ goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */
+ }
+
+ /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
+ form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
+ treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
+ [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
+ 5.6 and 5.8 do. */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
+ (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
+ ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
+ {
+ BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
+ int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt;
+ register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits;
+ pcre_uint8 pbits[32];
+
+ if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR31;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ ptr += 2;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
+ {
+ local_negate = TRUE;
+ should_flip_negation = TRUE; /* Note negative special */
+ ptr++;
+ }
+
+ posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr));
+ if (posix_class < 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR30;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
+ alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
+ alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
+
+ if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
+ posix_class = 0;
+
+ /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to
+ different escape sequences that use Unicode properties \p or \P. Others
+ that are not available via \p or \P generate XCL_PROP/XCL_NOTPROP
+ directly. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
+ {
+ unsigned int ptype = 0;
+ int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0);
+
+ /* The posix_substitutes table specifies which POSIX classes can be
+ converted to \p or \P items. */
+
+ if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL)
+ {
+ nestptr = tempptr + 1;
+ ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* There are three other classes that generate special property calls
+ that are recognized only in an XCLASS. */
+
+ else switch(posix_class)
+ {
+ case PC_GRAPH:
+ ptype = PT_PXGRAPH;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case PC_PRINT:
+ if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPRINT;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case PC_PUNCT:
+ if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPUNCT;
+ *class_uchardata++ = local_negate? XCL_NOTPROP : XCL_PROP;
+ *class_uchardata++ = ptype;
+ *class_uchardata++ = 0;
+ xclass_has_prop = TRUE;
+ ptr = tempptr + 1;
+ continue;
+
+ /* For all other POSIX classes, no special action is taken in UCP
+ mode. Fall through to the non_UCP case. */
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ /* In the non-UCP case, or when UCP makes no difference, we build the
+ bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store because we may be
+ adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to subtract bits that
+ may be in the main map already. At the end we or the result into the
+ bit map that is being built. */
+
+ posix_class *= 3;
+
+ /* Copy in the first table (always present) */
+
+ memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
+ 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8));
+
+ /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
+
+ taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
+ tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
+
+ if (taboffset >= 0)
+ {
+ if (tabopt >= 0)
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset];
+ else
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset];
+ }
+
+ /* Now see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
+ value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
+
+ if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
+ if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
+ else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
+
+ /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
+ being built and we are done. */
+
+ if (local_negate)
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c];
+ else
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c];
+
+ ptr = tempptr + 1;
+ /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */
+ class_has_8bitchar = 1;
+ /* Every class contains at least two characters. */
+ class_one_char = 2;
+ continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
+ }
+
+ /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
+ of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special
+ case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We
+ assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so
+ speculatively set both class_has_8bitchar and class_one_char bigger
+ than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and are either treated
+ as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if
+ PCRE_EXTRA is set. */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
+ {
+ escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options,
+ TRUE);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+ if (escape == 0) c = ec;
+ else if (escape == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */
+ else if (escape == ESC_N) /* \N is not supported in a class */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR71;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ else if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */
+ {
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
+ {
+ ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
+ }
+ else inescq = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */
+
+ else
+ {
+ register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits;
+ /* Every class contains at least two < 256 characters. */
+ class_has_8bitchar++;
+ /* Every class contains at least two characters. */
+ class_one_char += 2;
+
+ switch (escape)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case ESC_du: /* These are the values given for \d etc */
+ case ESC_DU: /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */
+ case ESC_wu: /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */
+ case ESC_WU: /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */
+ case ESC_su: /* of the default ASCII testing. */
+ case ESC_SU:
+ nestptr = ptr;
+ ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */
+ class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */
+ continue;
+#endif
+ case ESC_d:
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_D:
+ should_flip_negation = TRUE;
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_w:
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_W:
+ should_flip_negation = TRUE;
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
+ continue;
+
+ /* Perl 5.004 onwards omitted VT from \s, but restored it at Perl
+ 5.18. Before PCRE 8.34, we had to preserve the VT bit if it was
+ previously set by something earlier in the character class.
+ Luckily, the value of CHAR_VT is 0x0b in both ASCII and EBCDIC, so
+ we could just adjust the appropriate bit. From PCRE 8.34 we no
+ longer treat \s and \S specially. */
+
+ case ESC_s:
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_S:
+ should_flip_negation = TRUE;
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
+ continue;
+
+ /* The rest apply in both UCP and non-UCP cases. */
+
+ case ESC_h:
+ (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd,
+ PRIV(hspace_list), NOTACHAR);
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_H:
+ (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options,
+ cd, PRIV(hspace_list));
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_v:
+ (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd,
+ PRIV(vspace_list), NOTACHAR);
+ continue;
+
+ case ESC_V:
+ (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options,
+ cd, PRIV(vspace_list));
+ continue;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ case ESC_p:
+ case ESC_P:
+ {
+ BOOL negated;
+ unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
+ if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr))
+ goto FAILED;
+ *class_uchardata++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)?
+ XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
+ *class_uchardata++ = ptype;
+ *class_uchardata++ = pdata;
+ xclass_has_prop = TRUE;
+ class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
+ strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
+ treated as literals. */
+
+ default:
+ if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR7;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo the speculative increase. */
+ class_one_char -= 2; /* Undo the speculative increase. */
+ c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Fall through if the escape just defined a single character (c >= 0).
+ This may be greater than 256. */
+
+ escape = 0;
+
+ } /* End of backslash handling */
+
+ /* A character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, Perl does
+ not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character at the end is
+ treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences entirely. The
+ code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */
+
+ CHECK_RANGE:
+ while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
+ {
+ inescq = FALSE;
+ ptr += 2;
+ }
+ oldptr = ptr;
+
+ /* Remember if \r or \n were explicitly used */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
+
+ /* Check for range */
+
+ if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 d;
+ ptr += 2;
+ while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2;
+
+ /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped
+ mode. */
+
+ while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q)
+ {
+ ptr += 2;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
+ { ptr += 2; continue; }
+ inescq = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Minus (hyphen) at the end of a class is treated as a literal, so put
+ back the pointer and jump to handle the character that preceded it. */
+
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET))
+ {
+ ptr = oldptr;
+ goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise, we have a potential range; pick up the next character */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf)
+ { /* Braces are required because the */
+ GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */
+
+ /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape
+ sequence, but not any of the other escapes. Perl treats a hyphen as a
+ literal in such circumstances. However, in Perl's warning mode, a
+ warning is given, so PCRE now faults it as it is almost certainly a
+ mistake on the user's part. */
+
+ if (!inescq)
+ {
+ if (d == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
+ {
+ int descape;
+ descape = check_escape(&ptr, &d, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+
+ /* 0 means a character was put into d; \b is backspace; any other
+ special causes an error. */
+
+ if (descape != 0)
+ {
+ if (descape == ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR83;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* A hyphen followed by a POSIX class is treated in the same way. */
+
+ else if (d == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
+ (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
+ ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
+ check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR83;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize
+ one-character ranges. */
+
+ if (d < c)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR8;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (d == c) goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */
+
+ /* We have found a character range, so single character optimizations
+ cannot be done anymore. Any value greater than 1 indicates that there
+ is more than one character. */
+
+ class_one_char = 2;
+
+ /* Remember an explicit \r or \n, and add the range to the class. */
+
+ if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
+
+ class_has_8bitchar +=
+ add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, d);
+
+ continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a single character - we can get here for a normal non-escape
+ char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an apparent
+ range that isn't. Only the value 1 matters for class_one_char, so don't
+ increase it if it is already 2 or more ... just in case there's a class
+ with a zillion characters in it. */
+
+ CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
+ if (class_one_char < 2) class_one_char++;
+
+ /* If class_one_char is 1, we have the first single character in the
+ class, and there have been no prior ranges, or XCLASS items generated by
+ escapes. If this is the final character in the class, we can optimize by
+ turning the item into a 1-character OP_CHAR[I] if it's positive, or
+ OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. In the positive case, it can cause firstchar
+ to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if this item is first,
+ whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of reqchar, save the
+ previous value for reinstating. */
+
+ if (class_one_char == 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
+ {
+ ptr++;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+
+ if (negate_class)
+ {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ int d;
+#endif
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+
+ /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check
+ whether this character has more than one other case. If so, generate
+ a special OP_NOTPROP item instead of OP_NOTI. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 &&
+ (d = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_NOTPROP;
+ *code++ = PT_CLIST;
+ *code++ = d;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* Char has only one other case, or UCP not available */
+
+ {
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT;
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
+ code += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, code);
+ else
+#endif
+ *code++ = c;
+ }
+
+ /* We are finished with this character class */
+
+ goto END_CLASS;
+ }
+
+ /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
+ then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
+ mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer);
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ mcbuffer[0] = c;
+ mclength = 1;
+ }
+ goto ONE_CHAR;
+ } /* End of 1-char optimization */
+
+ /* There is more than one character in the class, or an XCLASS item
+ has been generated. Add this character to the class. */
+
+ class_has_8bitchar +=
+ add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, c);
+ }
+
+ /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above.
+ If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer
+ string. */
+
+ while (((c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL ||
+ (nestptr != NULL &&
+ (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL)) &&
+ (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq));
+
+ /* Check for missing terminating ']' */
+
+ if (c == CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR6;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* We will need an XCLASS if data has been placed in class_uchardata. In
+ the second phase this is a sufficient test. However, in the pre-compile
+ phase, class_uchardata gets emptied to prevent workspace overflow, so it
+ only if the very last character in the class needs XCLASS will it contain
+ anything at this point. For this reason, xclass gets set TRUE above when
+ uchar_classdata is emptied, and that's why this code is the way it is here
+ instead of just doing a test on class_uchardata below. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE;
+#endif
+
+ /* If this is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first char
+ setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqchar setting must remain
+ unchanged after any kind of repeat. */
+
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+
+ /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
+ extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special
+ such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all
+ characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as
+ well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must
+ be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the
+ actual compiled code. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (xclass && (!should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0))
+#elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (xclass && !should_flip_negation)
+#endif
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ {
+ *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */
+ *code++ = OP_XCLASS;
+ code += LINK_SIZE;
+ *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0;
+ if (xclass_has_prop) *code |= XCL_HASPROP;
+
+ /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
+ otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
+
+ if (class_has_8bitchar > 0)
+ {
+ *code++ |= XCL_MAP;
+ memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)), code,
+ IN_UCHARS(class_uchardata - code));
+ if (negate_class && !xclass_has_prop)
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c];
+ memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
+ code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar));
+ }
+ else code = class_uchardata;
+
+ /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
+
+ PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous));
+ break; /* End of class handling */
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or
+ excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the
+ whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S
+ (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector,
+ negating it if necessary. */
+
+ *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS;
+ if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
+ {
+ if (negate_class)
+ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c];
+ memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
+ }
+ code += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+
+ END_CLASS:
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
+ has been tested above. */
+
+ case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET:
+ if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
+ ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+ goto REPEAT;
+
+ case CHAR_ASTERISK:
+ repeat_min = 0;
+ repeat_max = -1;
+ goto REPEAT;
+
+ case CHAR_PLUS:
+ repeat_min = 1;
+ repeat_max = -1;
+ goto REPEAT;
+
+ case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK:
+ repeat_min = 0;
+ repeat_max = 1;
+
+ REPEAT:
+ if (previous == NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR9;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ if (repeat_min == 0)
+ {
+ firstchar = zerofirstchar; /* Adjust for zero repeat */
+ firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags;
+ reqchar = zeroreqchar; /* Ditto */
+ reqcharflags = zeroreqcharflags;
+ }
+
+ /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
+
+ reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
+
+ op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */
+ possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */
+
+ /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to
+ insert something before it. */
+
+ tempcode = previous;
+
+ /* Before checking for a possessive quantifier, we must skip over
+ whitespace and comments in extended mode because Perl allows white space at
+ this point. */
+
+ if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *p = ptr + 1;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ while (MAX_255(*p) && (cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_space) != 0) p++;
+ if (*p != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break;
+ p++;
+ while (*p != CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ if (IS_NEWLINE(p)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */
+ { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */
+ p += cd->nllen;
+ break;
+ }
+ p++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(p);
+#endif
+ } /* Loop for comment characters */
+ } /* Loop for multiple comments */
+ ptr = p - 1; /* Character before the next significant one. */
+ }
+
+ /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
+ implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
+ If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
+ but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
+ repeat type to the non-default. */
+
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS)
+ {
+ repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */
+ possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
+ {
+ repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else repeat_type = greedy_default;
+
+ /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that
+ previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the
+ past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the
+ repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this,
+ but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */
+
+ if (*previous == OP_RECURSE)
+ {
+ memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(1 + LINK_SIZE));
+ *previous = OP_ONCE;
+ PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
+ previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET;
+ PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
+ code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE;
+ length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
+
+ /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward
+ reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */
+
+ if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE);
+ if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code)
+ PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */
+
+ /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the item
+ and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of more
+ than one, ensure that it is set in reqchar - it might not be if a sequence
+ such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone
+ into firstchar instead. */
+
+ if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI
+ || *previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI)
+ {
+ switch (*previous)
+ {
+ default: /* Make compiler happy. */
+ case OP_CHAR: op_type = OP_STAR - OP_STAR; break;
+ case OP_CHARI: op_type = OP_STARI - OP_STAR; break;
+ case OP_NOT: op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; break;
+ case OP_NOTI: op_type = OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; break;
+ }
+
+ /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one character. It's
+ easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
+ hold the length of the character in bytes, plus UTF_LENGTH to flag that
+ it's a length rather than a small character. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(code[-1]))
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *lastchar = code - 1;
+ BACKCHAR(lastchar);
+ c = (int)(code - lastchar); /* Length of UTF-8 character */
+ memcpy(utf_chars, lastchar, IN_UCHARS(c)); /* Save the char */
+ c |= UTF_LENGTH; /* Flag c as a length */
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
+
+ /* Handle the case of a single charater - either with no UTF support, or
+ with UTF disabled, or for a single character UTF character. */
+ {
+ c = code[-1];
+ if (*previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1)
+ {
+ reqchar = c;
+ reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
+ }
+ }
+
+ goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */
+ }
+
+ /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
+ create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
+ repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
+ the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
+ defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
+ makes it horribly messy. */
+
+ else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *oldcode;
+ int prop_type, prop_value;
+ op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */
+ c = *previous;
+
+ OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
+ if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)
+ {
+ prop_type = previous[1];
+ prop_value = previous[2];
+ }
+ else prop_type = prop_value = -1;
+
+ oldcode = code;
+ code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */
+
+ /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
+ this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
+
+ if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
+
+ /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
+
+ repeat_type += op_type;
+
+ /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
+ an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
+
+ if (repeat_min == 0)
+ {
+ if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
+ else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
+ else
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
+ maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
+ left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
+ one less than the maximum. */
+
+ else if (repeat_min == 1)
+ {
+ if (repeat_max == -1)
+ *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
+ else
+ {
+ code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */
+ if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
+ *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
+ handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
+
+ /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
+ we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
+ Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the
+ required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
+ c, with the UTF_LENGTH bit as a flag. */
+
+ if (repeat_max < 0)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
+ {
+ memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
+ code += c & 7;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ *code++ = c;
+ if (prop_type >= 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = prop_type;
+ *code++ = prop_value;
+ }
+ }
+ *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
+ }
+
+ /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
+ preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the
+ UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */
+
+ else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
+ {
+ memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
+ code += c & 7;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ *code++ = c;
+ if (prop_type >= 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = prop_type;
+ *code++ = prop_value;
+ }
+ repeat_max -= repeat_min;
+
+ if (repeat_max == 1)
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
+ {
+ memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
+ code += c & 7;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ *code++ = c;
+
+ /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that
+ define the required property. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (prop_type >= 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = prop_type;
+ *code++ = prop_value;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
+ stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
+
+ else if (*previous == OP_CLASS || *previous == OP_NCLASS ||
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ *previous == OP_XCLASS ||
+#endif
+ *previous == OP_REF || *previous == OP_REFI ||
+ *previous == OP_DNREF || *previous == OP_DNREFI)
+ {
+ if (repeat_max == 0)
+ {
+ code = previous;
+ goto END_REPEAT;
+ }
+
+ if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
+ *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
+ else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
+ *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
+ else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
+ *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
+ else
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
+ if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
+ cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket
+ opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted
+ into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >=
+ OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK,
+ ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, ONCE_NC, BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, and COND.
+ Originally, PCRE did not allow repetition of assertions, but now it does,
+ for Perl compatibility. */
+
+ else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND)
+ {
+ register int i;
+ int len = (int)(code - previous);
+ pcre_uchar *bralink = NULL;
+ pcre_uchar *brazeroptr = NULL;
+
+ /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so
+ we just ignore the repeat. */
+
+ if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
+ goto END_REPEAT;
+
+ /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential
+ use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore,
+ if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the
+ maximum is not zero or one, set it to 1. */
+
+ if (*previous < OP_ONCE) /* Assertion */
+ {
+ if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT;
+ if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
+ OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
+ data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
+ this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
+ the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
+ minimum is zero. */
+
+ if (repeat_min == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the
+ output altogether, like this:
+
+ ** if (repeat_max == 0)
+ ** {
+ ** code = previous;
+ ** goto END_REPEAT;
+ ** }
+
+ However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced
+ as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in
+ OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we
+ don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this
+ selectively.
+
+ If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO
+ and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any
+ OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any
+ internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the
+ start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing
+ this. */
+
+ if (repeat_max <= 1) /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */
+ {
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf, cd, save_hwm);
+ memmove(previous + 1, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
+ code++;
+ if (repeat_max == 0)
+ {
+ *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO;
+ goto END_REPEAT;
+ }
+ brazeroptr = previous; /* Save for possessive optimizing */
+ *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
+ }
+
+ /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
+ in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
+ The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
+ copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
+ that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
+ adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
+ again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ int offset;
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm);
+ memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
+ code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
+ *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
+ *previous++ = OP_BRA;
+
+ /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
+ filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
+
+ offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink);
+ bralink = previous;
+ PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
+ }
+
+ repeat_max--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
+ times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
+ copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
+ set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any
+ forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on
+ the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (repeat_min > 1)
+ {
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
+ just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
+ potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit
+ integer type when available, otherwise double. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
+ if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)*
+ (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup >
+ (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
+ OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ *lengthptr += delta;
+ }
+
+ /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for
+ the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make
+ sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before
+ doing the copy. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (groupsetfirstchar && reqcharflags < 0)
+ {
+ reqchar = firstchar;
+ reqcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *hc;
+ pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
+ memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
+
+ while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
+ WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm))
+ {
+ int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+ save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset;
+ this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset;
+ }
+
+ for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len);
+ cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ save_hwm = this_hwm;
+ code += len;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
+ }
+
+ /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
+ the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
+ remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
+ the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
+ the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to
+ replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
+
+ if (repeat_max >= 0)
+ {
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
+ just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1
+ to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must
+ add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
+ paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is
+ a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
+ {
+ int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
+ 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */
+ if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max *
+ (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
+ > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
+ OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ *lengthptr += delta;
+ }
+
+ /* This is compiling for real */
+
+ else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *hc;
+ pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
+
+ *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
+
+ /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
+ chain of brackets outstanding. */
+
+ if (i != 0)
+ {
+ int offset;
+ *code++ = OP_BRA;
+ offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink);
+ bralink = code;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
+ }
+
+ memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
+
+ /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before
+ copying them. */
+
+ while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
+ WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm))
+ {
+ int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
+ *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+ save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset;
+ this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset;
+ }
+
+ for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1));
+ cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ save_hwm = this_hwm;
+ code += len;
+ }
+
+ /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
+ fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
+
+ while (bralink != NULL)
+ {
+ int oldlinkoffset;
+ int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1);
+ pcre_uchar *bra = code - offset;
+ oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
+ bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
+ *code++ = OP_KET;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
+ PUT(bra, 1, offset);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For
+ ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated
+ ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the
+ behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to
+ deal with possessive ONCEs specially.
+
+ Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see
+ whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so,
+ convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
+ that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE
+ groups at runtime, but in a different way.]
+
+ Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a
+ conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to
+ KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of
+ subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes
+ makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If
+ the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO.
+
+ Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive
+ flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside
+ atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1,
+ there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap
+ the whole thing. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE;
+ pcre_uchar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
+
+ /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */
+
+ if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) &&
+ possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA;
+
+ /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to
+ set the KET. */
+
+ if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC)
+ *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
+
+ /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been
+ converted to non-capturing above). */
+
+ else
+ {
+ /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */
+
+ if (lengthptr == NULL)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *scode = bracode;
+ do
+ {
+ if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf, cd, NULL))
+ {
+ *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
+ break;
+ }
+ scode += GET(scode, 1);
+ }
+ while (*scode == OP_ALT);
+ }
+
+ /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */
+
+ if (possessive_quantifier)
+ {
+ /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively
+ repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS
+ versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we
+ must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */
+
+ if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND)
+ {
+ int nlen = (int)(code - bracode);
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm);
+ memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, IN_UCHARS(nlen));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ *bracode = OP_BRAPOS;
+ *code++ = OP_KETRPOS;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, nlen);
+ PUT(bracode, 1, nlen);
+ }
+
+ /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ *bracode += 1; /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */
+ *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS;
+ }
+
+ /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the
+ possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */
+
+ if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO;
+ if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Non-possessive quantifier */
+
+ else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in
+ JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is
+ by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat"
+ error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */
+
+ else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT;
+
+ /* Else there's some kind of shambles */
+
+ else
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR11;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* If the character following a repeat is '+', possessive_quantifier is
+ TRUE. For some opcodes, there are special alternative opcodes for this
+ case. For anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE
+ brackets. Logically, the '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from
+ Sun's Java package, but the special opcodes can optimize it.
+
+ Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been
+ completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier
+ is always FALSE at this stage. Note that the repeated item starts at
+ tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose
+ (former) last char we repeated. */
+
+ if (possessive_quantifier)
+ {
+ int len;
+
+ /* Possessifying an EXACT quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it.
+ However, QUERY, STAR, or UPTO may follow (for quantifiers such as {5,6},
+ {5,}, or {5,10}). We skip over an EXACT item; if the length of what
+ remains is greater than zero, there's a further opcode that can be
+ handled. If not, do nothing, leaving the EXACT alone. */
+
+ switch(*tempcode)
+ {
+ case OP_TYPEEXACT:
+ tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] +
+ ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP
+ || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0);
+ break;
+
+ /* CHAR opcodes are used for exacts whose count is 1. */
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_NOT:
+ case OP_NOTI:
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ case OP_NOTEXACT:
+ case OP_NOTEXACTI:
+ tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode];
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]))
+ tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]);
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ /* For the class opcodes, the repeat operator appears at the end;
+ adjust tempcode to point to it. */
+
+ case OP_CLASS:
+ case OP_NCLASS:
+ tempcode += 1 + 32/sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+ break;
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ case OP_XCLASS:
+ tempcode += GET(tempcode, 1);
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* If tempcode is equal to code (which points to the end of the repeated
+ item), it means we have skipped an EXACT item but there is no following
+ QUERY, STAR, or UPTO; the value of len will be 0, and we do nothing. In
+ all other cases, tempcode will be pointing to the repeat opcode, and will
+ be less than code, so the value of len will be greater than 0. */
+
+ len = (int)(code - tempcode);
+ if (len > 0)
+ {
+ unsigned int repcode = *tempcode;
+
+ /* There is a table for possessifying opcodes, all of which are less
+ than OP_CALLOUT. A zero entry means there is no possessified version.
+ */
+
+ if (repcode < OP_CALLOUT && opcode_possessify[repcode] > 0)
+ *tempcode = opcode_possessify[repcode];
+
+ /* For opcode without a special possessified version, wrap the item in
+ ONCE brackets. Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any
+ pending recursive references are updated. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm);
+ memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
+ *code++ = OP_KET;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, len);
+ PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+ if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode)
+ {
+ case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break;
+ case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break;
+ case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break;
+ case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break;
+
+ case OP_STARI: *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break;
+ case OP_PLUSI: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break;
+ case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break;
+ case OP_UPTOI: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break;
+
+ case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break;
+ case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break;
+ case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break;
+ case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break;
+
+ case OP_NOTSTARI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break;
+ case OP_NOTPLUSI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break;
+ case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break;
+ case OP_NOTUPTOI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break;
+
+ case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break;
+ case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break;
+ case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break;
+ case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break;
+
+ case OP_CRSTAR: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR; break;
+ case OP_CRPLUS: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS; break;
+ case OP_CRQUERY: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY; break;
+ case OP_CRRANGE: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE; break;
+
+ /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any
+ pending recursive references are updated. */
+
+ default:
+ *code = OP_END;
+ adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm);
+ memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
+ *code++ = OP_KET;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, len);
+ PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
+ "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqchars if
+ it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
+
+ END_REPEAT:
+ previous = NULL;
+ cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
+ lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended
+ parenthesis forms. */
+
+ case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
+ newoptions = options;
+ skipbytes = 0;
+ bravalue = OP_CBRA;
+ save_hwm = cd->hwm;
+ reset_bracount = FALSE;
+
+ /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */
+
+ ptr++;
+ if (ptr[0] == CHAR_ASTERISK && (ptr[1] == ':'
+ || (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0))))
+ {
+ int i, namelen;
+ int arglen = 0;
+ const char *vn = verbnames;
+ const pcre_uchar *name = ptr + 1;
+ const pcre_uchar *arg = NULL;
+ previous = NULL;
+ ptr++;
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++;
+ namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
+
+ /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than
+ a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on
+ letters, digits, and underscores. */
+
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON)
+ {
+ arg = ++ptr;
+ while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
+ arglen = (int)(ptr - arg);
+ if ((unsigned int)arglen > MAX_MARK)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR75;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Scan the table of verb names */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
+ {
+ if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
+ STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, vn, namelen) == 0)
+ {
+ int setverb;
+
+ /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to
+ ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */
+
+ if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT)
+ {
+ open_capitem *oc;
+ if (arglen != 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR59;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ cd->had_accept = TRUE;
+ for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_CLOSE;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number);
+ }
+ setverb = *code++ =
+ (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT;
+
+ /* Do not set firstchar after *ACCEPT */
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */
+
+ else if (arglen == 0)
+ {
+ if (verbs[i].op < 0) /* Argument is mandatory */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR66;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op;
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0) /* Argument is forbidden */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR59;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op_arg;
+ *code++ = arglen;
+ memcpy(code, arg, IN_UCHARS(arglen));
+ code += arglen;
+ *code++ = 0;
+ }
+
+ switch (setverb)
+ {
+ case OP_THEN:
+ case OP_THEN_ARG:
+ cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_PRUNE:
+ case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
+ case OP_SKIP:
+ case OP_SKIP_ARG:
+ cd->had_pruneorskip = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break; /* Found verb, exit loop */
+ }
+
+ vn += verbs[i].len + 1;
+ }
+
+ if (i < verbcount) continue; /* Successfully handled a verb */
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR60; /* Verb not recognized */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the
+ appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */
+
+ else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
+ {
+ int i, set, unset, namelen;
+ int *optset;
+ const pcre_uchar *name;
+ pcre_uchar *slot;
+
+ switch (*(++ptr))
+ {
+ case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN: /* Comment; skip to ket */
+ ptr++;
+ while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR18;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ continue;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* Reset capture count for each branch */
+ reset_bracount = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_COLON: /* Non-capturing bracket */
+ bravalue = OP_BRA;
+ ptr++;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
+ bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */
+ tempptr = ptr;
+
+ /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
+ group's having been set), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R',
+ referring to recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for
+ recursion tests.
+
+ There are ways of testing a named group: (?(name)) is used by Python;
+ Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')).
+
+ There is one unfortunate ambiguity, caused by history. 'R' can be the
+ recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed by
+ digits). We look for a name first; if not found, we try the other case.
+
+ For compatibility with auto-callouts, we allow a callout to be
+ specified before a condition that is an assertion. First, check for the
+ syntax of a callout; if found, adjust the temporary pointer that is
+ used to check for an assertion condition. That's all that is needed! */
+
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[2] == CHAR_C)
+ {
+ for (i = 3;; i++) if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[i])) break;
+ if (ptr[i] == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ tempptr += i + 1;
+ }
+
+ /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit
+ the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups,
+ including assertions, are processed. */
+
+ if (tempptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK &&
+ (tempptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
+ tempptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK ||
+ tempptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN))
+ break;
+
+ /* Other conditions use OP_CREF/OP_DNCREF/OP_RREF/OP_DNRREF, and all
+ need to skip at least 1+IMM2_SIZE bytes at the start of the group. */
+
+ code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
+ skipbytes = 1+IMM2_SIZE;
+ refsign = -1; /* => not a number */
+ namelen = -1; /* => not a name; must set to avoid warning */
+ name = NULL; /* Always set to avoid warning */
+ recno = 0; /* Always set to avoid warning */
+
+ /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */
+
+ ptr++;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_R && ptr[1] == CHAR_AMPERSAND)
+ {
+ terminator = -1;
+ ptr += 2;
+ code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change the type of test */
+ }
+
+ /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl
+ syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name'), and also allow for the original PCRE
+ syntax of (?(name) or for (?(+n), (?(-n), and just (?(n). */
+
+ else if (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
+ {
+ terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else if (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
+ {
+ terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ terminator = CHAR_NULL;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_MINUS || *ptr == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *ptr++;
+ else if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) refsign = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle a number */
+
+ if (refsign >= 0)
+ {
+ while (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ recno = recno * 10 + (int)(*ptr - CHAR_0);
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise we expect to read a name; anything else is an error. When
+ a name is one of a number of duplicates, a different opcode is used and
+ it needs more memory. Unfortunately we cannot tell whether a name is a
+ duplicate in the first pass, so we have to allow for more memory. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR84;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (!MAX_255(*ptr) || (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR28; /* Assertion expected */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ name = ptr++;
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
+ {
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
+ if (lengthptr != NULL) *lengthptr += IMM2_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the terminator */
+
+ if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != (pcre_uchar)terminator) ||
+ *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ ptr--; /* Error offset */
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR26; /* Malformed number or name */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL) break;
+
+ /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual
+ reference. If refsign is not negative, it means we have a number in
+ recno. */
+
+ if (refsign >= 0)
+ {
+ if (recno <= 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR35;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (refsign != 0) recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)?
+ cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno + cd->bracount;
+ if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise look for the name. */
+
+ slot = cd->name_table;
+ for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+ {
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0) break;
+ slot += cd->name_entry_size;
+ }
+
+ /* Found the named subpattern. If the name is duplicated, add one to
+ the opcode to change CREF/RREF into DNCREF/DNRREF and insert
+ appropriate data values. Otherwise, just insert the unique subpattern
+ number. */
+
+ if (i < cd->names_found)
+ {
+ int offset = i++;
+ int count = 1;
+ recno = GET2(slot, 0); /* Number from first found */
+ for (; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+ {
+ slot += cd->name_entry_size;
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) != 0) break;
+ count++;
+ }
+ if (count > 1)
+ {
+ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, offset);
+ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, count);
+ skipbytes += IMM2_SIZE;
+ code[1+LINK_SIZE]++;
+ }
+ else /* Not a duplicated name */
+ {
+ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If terminator == CHAR_NULL it means that the name followed directly
+ after the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there
+ are some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator !=
+ CHAR_NULL [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ]
+ we have now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */
+
+ else if (terminator != CHAR_NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a
+ specific group number. */
+
+ else if (*name == CHAR_R)
+ {
+ recno = 0;
+ for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++)
+ {
+ if (!IS_DIGIT(name[i]))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0;
+ }
+ if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY;
+ code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change test type */
+ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
+ }
+
+ /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always
+ false. */
+
+ else if (namelen == 6 && STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0)
+ {
+ code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF;
+ skipbytes = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Reference to an unidentified subpattern. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookahead */
+ bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
+ cd->assert_depth += 1;
+ ptr++;
+ break;
+
+ /* Optimize (?!) to (*FAIL) unless it is quantified - which is a weird
+ thing to do, but Perl allows all assertions to be quantified, and when
+ they contain capturing parentheses there may be a potential use for
+ this feature. Not that that applies to a quantified (?!) but we allow
+ it for uniformity. */
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookahead */
+ ptr++;
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && ptr[1] != CHAR_ASTERISK &&
+ ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK &&
+ (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET || !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2)))
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_FAIL;
+ previous = NULL;
+ continue;
+ }
+ bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
+ cd->assert_depth += 1;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN: /* Lookbehind or named define */
+ switch (ptr[1])
+ {
+ case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookbehind */
+ bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
+ cd->assert_depth += 1;
+ ptr += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookbehind */
+ bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
+ cd->assert_depth += 1;
+ ptr += 2;
+ break;
+
+ default: /* Could be name define, else bad */
+ if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0)
+ goto DEFINE_NAME;
+ ptr++; /* Correct offset for error */
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR24;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN: /* One-time brackets */
+ bravalue = OP_ONCE;
+ ptr++;
+ break;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_C: /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
+ previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */
+ after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */
+ *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
+ {
+ int n = 0;
+ ptr++;
+ while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
+ if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR39;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (n > 255)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR38;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ *code++ = n;
+ PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */
+ PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */
+ code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ previous = NULL;
+ continue;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_P: /* Python-style named subpattern handling */
+ if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
+ *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN) /* Reference or recursion */
+ {
+ is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
+ terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
+ goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
+ }
+ else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) /* Test for Python-style defn */
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR41;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ DEFINE_NAME: /* Come here from (?< handling */
+ case CHAR_APOSTROPHE:
+ terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
+ CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
+ name = ++ptr;
+ if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR84; /* Group name must start with non-digit */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
+ namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
+
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check, remember the longest
+ name, and then remember the group in a vector, expanding it if
+ necessary. Duplicates for the same number are skipped; other duplicates
+ are checked for validity. In the actual compile, there is nothing to
+ do. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ named_group *ng;
+ pcre_uint32 number = cd->bracount + 1;
+
+ if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR49;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ if (namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1 > cd->name_entry_size)
+ {
+ cd->name_entry_size = namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1;
+ if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Scan the list to check for duplicates. For duplicate names, if the
+ number is the same, break the loop, which causes the name to be
+ discarded; otherwise, if DUPNAMES is not set, give an error.
+ If it is set, allow the name with a different number, but continue
+ scanning in case this is a duplicate with the same number. For
+ non-duplicate names, give an error if the number is duplicated. */
+
+ ng = cd->named_groups;
+ for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++, ng++)
+ {
+ if (namelen == ng->length &&
+ STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, ng->name, namelen) == 0)
+ {
+ if (ng->number == number) break;
+ if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR43;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ cd->dupnames = TRUE; /* Duplicate names exist */
+ }
+ else if (ng->number == number)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR65;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (i >= cd->names_found) /* Not a duplicate with same number */
+ {
+ /* Increase the list size if necessary */
+
+ if (cd->names_found >= cd->named_group_list_size)
+ {
+ int newsize = cd->named_group_list_size * 2;
+ named_group *newspace = (PUBL(malloc))
+ (newsize * sizeof(named_group));
+
+ if (newspace == NULL)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR21;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ memcpy(newspace, cd->named_groups,
+ cd->named_group_list_size * sizeof(named_group));
+ if (cd->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE)
+ (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->named_groups);
+ cd->named_groups = newspace;
+ cd->named_group_list_size = newsize;
+ }
+
+ cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].name = name;
+ cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].length = namelen;
+ cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].number = number;
+ cd->names_found++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ptr++; /* Move past > or ' in both passes. */
+ goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_AMPERSAND: /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */
+ terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
+ is_recurse = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both
+ references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling
+ through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from
+ the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name}
+ .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */
+
+ NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE:
+ name = ++ptr;
+ if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR84; /* Group name must start with non-digit */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
+ namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
+
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check. We used to just set
+ a dummy reference number, because it was not used in the first pass.
+ However, with the change of recursive back references to be atomic,
+ we have to look for the number so that this state can be identified, as
+ otherwise the incorrect length is computed. If it's not a backwards
+ reference, the dummy number will do. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ named_group *ng;
+
+ if (namelen == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR62;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* The name table does not exist in the first pass; instead we must
+ scan the list of names encountered so far in order to get the
+ number. If the name is not found, set the value to 0 for a forward
+ reference. */
+
+ ng = cd->named_groups;
+ for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++, ng++)
+ {
+ if (namelen == ng->length &&
+ STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, ng->name, namelen) == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ recno = (i < cd->names_found)? ng->number : 0;
+
+ /* Count named back references. */
+
+ if (!is_recurse) cd->namedrefcount++;
+ }
+
+ /* In the real compile, search the name table. We check the name
+ first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the
+ table. That way, if the name is longer than any in the table, the
+ comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ slot = cd->name_table;
+ for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+ {
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0 &&
+ slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0)
+ break;
+ slot += cd->name_entry_size;
+ }
+
+ if (i < cd->names_found)
+ {
+ recno = GET2(slot, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* In both phases, for recursions, we can now go to the code than
+ handles numerical recursion. */
+
+ if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
+
+ /* In the second pass we must see if the name is duplicated. If so, we
+ generate a different opcode. */
+
+ if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->dupnames)
+ {
+ int count = 1;
+ unsigned int index = i;
+ pcre_uchar *cslot = slot + cd->name_entry_size;
+
+ for (i++; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+ {
+ if (STRCMP_UC_UC(slot + IMM2_SIZE, cslot + IMM2_SIZE) != 0) break;
+ count++;
+ cslot += cd->name_entry_size;
+ }
+
+ if (count > 1)
+ {
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ previous = code;
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_DNREFI : OP_DNREF;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, index);
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, count);
+
+ /* Process each potentially referenced group. */
+
+ for (; slot < cslot; slot += cd->name_entry_size)
+ {
+ open_capitem *oc;
+ recno = GET2(slot, 0);
+ cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
+ if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
+
+ /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it
+ is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the
+ group can be made atomic. */
+
+ for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
+ {
+ if (oc->number == recno)
+ {
+ oc->flag = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ continue; /* End of back ref handling */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* First pass, or a non-duplicated name. */
+
+ goto HANDLE_REFERENCE;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_R: /* Recursion */
+ ptr++; /* Same as (?0) */
+ /* Fall through */
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS: /* Recursion or subroutine */
+ case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4:
+ case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *called;
+ terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
+
+ /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma
+ compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that
+ the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will
+ be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY
+ ever be taken. */
+
+ HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION:
+
+ if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS)
+ {
+ ptr++;
+ if (!IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR63;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
+ {
+ if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
+ goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+
+ recno = 0;
+ while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
+ recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
+
+ if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR29;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
+ {
+ if (recno == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
+ if (recno <= 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS)
+ {
+ if (recno == 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ recno += cd->bracount;
+ }
+
+ /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
+
+ HANDLE_RECURSION:
+
+ previous = code;
+ called = cd->start_code;
+
+ /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being
+ referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before
+ this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that
+ the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position)
+ now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can
+ be filled in at the end. */
+
+ if (lengthptr == NULL)
+ {
+ *code = OP_END;
+ if (recno != 0)
+ called = PRIV(find_bracket)(cd->start_code, utf, recno);
+
+ /* Forward reference */
+
+ if (called == NULL)
+ {
+ if (recno > cd->final_bracount)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an
+ offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number
+ of the group. Then remember the forward reference. */
+
+ called = cd->start_code + recno;
+ if (cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
+ WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+ }
+ PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code));
+ }
+
+ /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open,
+ this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left
+ recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. We
+ must not, however, do this check if we are in a conditional
+ subpattern because the condition might be testing for recursion in
+ a pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/, which is perfectly valid.
+ Forever loops are also detected at runtime, so those that occur in
+ conditional subpatterns will be picked up then. */
+
+ else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && cond_depth <= 0 &&
+ could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf, cd))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR40;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item. It does not have a set first
+ character (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be
+ wrapped with ONCE brackets). */
+
+ *code = OP_RECURSE;
+ PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't determine a first byte now */
+
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ continue;
+
+
+ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+ default: /* Other characters: check option setting */
+ OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY:
+ set = unset = 0;
+ optset = &set;
+
+ while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON)
+ {
+ switch (*ptr++)
+ {
+ case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break;
+
+ case CHAR_J: /* Record that it changed in the external options */
+ *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES;
+ cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED;
+ break;
+
+ case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
+ case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
+ case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
+ case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
+ case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
+ case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
+
+ default: *errorcodeptr = ERR12;
+ ptr--; /* Correct the offset */
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
+
+ newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
+
+ /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
+ group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this
+ item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be
+ abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in
+ the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in
+ caseless checking of required bytes.
+
+ If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are
+ definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been
+ compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have
+ that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded
+ during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if
+ we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At
+ any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything
+ has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions
+ is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in
+ both phases.
+
+ If we are not at the pattern start, reset the greedy defaults and the
+ case value for firstchar and reqchar. */
+
+ if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE &&
+ (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE))
+ {
+ cd->external_options = newoptions;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
+ greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
+ req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0;
+ }
+
+ /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
+ in subsequent branches. */
+
+ *optionsptr = options = newoptions;
+ previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */
+ continue; /* It is complete */
+ }
+
+ /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
+ with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
+ not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
+ the newoptions value is handled below. */
+
+ bravalue = OP_BRA;
+ ptr++;
+ } /* End of switch for character following (? */
+ } /* End of (? handling */
+
+ /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE
+ is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...)
+ brackets. */
+
+ else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
+ {
+ bravalue = OP_BRA;
+ }
+
+ /* Else we have a capturing group. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ NUMBERED_GROUP:
+ cd->bracount += 1;
+ PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount);
+ skipbytes = IMM2_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ /* Process nested bracketed regex. First check for parentheses nested too
+ deeply. */
+
+ if ((cd->parens_depth += 1) > PARENS_NEST_LIMIT)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR82;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* Assertions used not to be repeatable, but this was changed for Perl
+ compatibility, so all kinds can now be repeated. We copy code into a
+ non-register variable (tempcode) in order to be able to pass its address
+ because some compilers complain otherwise. */
+
+ previous = code; /* For handling repetition */
+ *code = bravalue;
+ tempcode = code;
+ tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */
+ tempbracount = cd->bracount; /* Save value before bracket */
+ length_prevgroup = 0; /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
+
+ if (!compile_regex(
+ newoptions, /* The complete new option state */
+ &tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */
+ &ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */
+ errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */
+ (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
+ bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
+ reset_bracount, /* True if (?| group */
+ skipbytes, /* Skip over bracket number */
+ cond_depth +
+ ((bravalue == OP_COND)?1:0), /* Depth of condition subpatterns */
+ &subfirstchar, /* For possible first char */
+ &subfirstcharflags,
+ &subreqchar, /* For possible last char */
+ &subreqcharflags,
+ bcptr, /* Current branch chain */
+ cd, /* Tables block */
+ (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : /* Actual compile phase */
+ &length_prevgroup /* Pre-compile phase */
+ ))
+ goto FAILED;
+
+ cd->parens_depth -= 1;
+
+ /* If this was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it,
+ generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */
+
+ if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cd->bracount <= tempbracount)
+ *code = OP_ONCE_NC;
+
+ if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT)
+ cd->assert_depth -= 1;
+
+ /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
+ group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group.
+ The pattern pointer (ptr) is on the bracket.
+
+ If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
+ two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
+ in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
+ not be available. */
+
+ if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *tc = code;
+ int condcount = 0;
+
+ do {
+ condcount++;
+ tc += GET(tc,1);
+ }
+ while (*tc != OP_KET);
+
+ /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
+ false). It must have only one branch. */
+
+ if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
+ {
+ if (condcount > 1)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR54;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ bravalue = OP_DEF; /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */
+ }
+
+ /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
+ make use of its firstchar or reqchar, because this is equivalent to an
+ empty second branch. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if (condcount > 2)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR27;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ if (condcount == 1) subfirstcharflags = subreqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Error if hit end of pattern */
+
+ if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR14;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+
+ /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
+ less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
+ set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
+ duplicated by a quantifier.*/
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+ *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
+ code++; /* This already contains bravalue */
+ PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+ *code++ = OP_KET;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+ break; /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
+
+ code = tempcode;
+
+ /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
+ relevant. */
+
+ if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break;
+
+ /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of
+ group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
+ branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
+ zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqchar and
+ zerofirstchar outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the
+ back off. */
+
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
+
+ if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)
+ {
+ /* If we have not yet set a firstchar in this branch, take it from the
+ subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
+ than one can replicate it as reqchar if necessary. If the subpattern has
+ no firstchar, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
+ repeat forces firstchar to "none". */
+
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
+ {
+ if (subfirstcharflags >= 0)
+ {
+ firstchar = subfirstchar;
+ firstcharflags = subfirstcharflags;
+ groupsetfirstchar = TRUE;
+ }
+ else firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* If firstchar was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstchar
+ into reqchar if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
+ existence beforehand. */
+
+ else if (subfirstcharflags >= 0 && subreqcharflags < 0)
+ {
+ subreqchar = subfirstchar;
+ subreqcharflags = subfirstcharflags | tempreqvary;
+ }
+
+ /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
+ really the first byte - see above), set it. */
+
+ if (subreqcharflags >= 0)
+ {
+ reqchar = subreqchar;
+ reqcharflags = subreqcharflags;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqchar, if set. This can be
+ helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
+ char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstchar
+ for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
+ such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqchar instead
+ of a firstchar. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
+ firstchar, looking for an asserted first char. */
+
+ else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqcharflags >= 0)
+ {
+ reqchar = subreqchar;
+ reqcharflags = subreqcharflags;
+ }
+ break; /* End of processing '(' */
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
+ are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values in the
+ default case when PCRE_UCP is not set. For the back references, the values
+ are negative the reference number. Only back references and those types
+ that consume a character may be repeated. We can test for values between
+ ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may have to change if any new ones are
+ ever created. */
+
+ case CHAR_BACKSLASH:
+ tempptr = ptr;
+ escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
+ if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
+
+ if (escape == 0) /* The escape coded a single character */
+ c = ec;
+ else
+ {
+ if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */
+ {
+ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
+ ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
+ else inescq = TRUE;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
+
+ /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
+ setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
+
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET && escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)
+ firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+
+ /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
+
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+
+ /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n'
+ is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value
+ ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for <
+ or ' if the value is ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is
+ -n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is ESC_k (as
+ that is a synonym for a named back reference). */
+
+ if (escape == ESC_g)
+ {
+ const pcre_uchar *p;
+ pcre_uint32 cf;
+
+ save_hwm = cd->hwm; /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */
+ terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
+ CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
+
+ /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly
+ unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In
+ fact, because we do the check for a number below, the paths that
+ would actually be in error are never taken. */
+
+ skipbytes = 0;
+ reset_bracount = FALSE;
+
+ /* If it's not a signed or unsigned number, treat it as a name. */
+
+ cf = ptr[1];
+ if (cf != CHAR_PLUS && cf != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(cf))
+ {
+ is_recurse = TRUE;
+ goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Signed or unsigned number (cf = ptr[1]) is known to be plus or minus
+ or a digit. */
+
+ p = ptr + 2;
+ while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
+ if (*p != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
+ break;
+ }
+ ptr++;
+ goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
+ }
+
+ /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax).
+ We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax). */
+
+ if (escape == ESC_k)
+ {
+ if ((ptr[1] != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN &&
+ ptr[1] != CHAR_APOSTROPHE && ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET))
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR69;
+ break;
+ }
+ is_recurse = FALSE;
+ terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
+ CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)?
+ CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET;
+ goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstchar if
+ not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set
+ ':' later. */
+
+ if (escape < 0)
+ {
+ open_capitem *oc;
+ recno = -escape;
+
+ /* Come here from named backref handling when the reference is to a
+ single group (i.e. not to a duplicated name. */
+
+ HANDLE_REFERENCE:
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ previous = code;
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_REFI : OP_REF;
+ PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
+ cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
+ if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
+
+ /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it
+ is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the
+ group can be made atomic. */
+
+ for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
+ {
+ if (oc->number == recno)
+ {
+ oc->flag = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ else if (escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p)
+ {
+ BOOL negated;
+ unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
+ if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr))
+ goto FAILED;
+ previous = code;
+ *code++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
+ *code++ = ptype;
+ *code++ = pdata;
+ }
+#else
+
+ /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not
+ allowed. */
+
+ else if (escape == ESC_X || escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR45;
+ goto FAILED;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we
+ can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value in the default
+ situation when PCRE_UCP is not set. When it *is* set, we substitute
+ Unicode property tests. Note that \b and \B do a one-character
+ lookbehind, and \A also behaves as if it does. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ if ((escape == ESC_b || escape == ESC_B || escape == ESC_A) &&
+ cd->max_lookbehind == 0)
+ cd->max_lookbehind = 1;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (escape >= ESC_DU && escape <= ESC_wu)
+ {
+ nestptr = ptr + 1; /* Where to resume */
+ ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* In non-UTF-8 mode, we turn \C into OP_ALLANY instead of OP_ANYBYTE
+ so that it works in DFA mode and in lookbehinds. */
+
+ {
+ previous = (escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
+ *code++ = (!utf && escape == ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : escape;
+ }
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
+ a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
+ handle it as a data character. */
+
+#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
+ mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer);
+ else
+#endif
+
+ {
+ mcbuffer[0] = c;
+ mclength = 1;
+ }
+ goto ONE_CHAR;
+
+
+ /* ===================================================================*/
+ /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
+ when the extended flag is set. If we are in a UTF mode, it may be a
+ multi-unit literal character. */
+
+ default:
+ NORMAL_CHAR:
+ mclength = 1;
+ mcbuffer[0] = c;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+ if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c))
+ ACROSSCHAR(TRUE, ptr[1], mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr));
+#endif
+
+ /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
+ in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
+
+ ONE_CHAR:
+ previous = code;
+
+ /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check whether
+ this character has more than one other case. If so, generate a special
+ OP_PROP item instead of OP_CHARI. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
+ if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+ GETCHAR(c, mcbuffer);
+ if ((c = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_PROP;
+ *code++ = PT_CLIST;
+ *code++ = c;
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
+ firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Caseful matches, or not one of the multicase characters. */
+
+ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARI : OP_CHAR;
+ for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
+
+ /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */
+
+ if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL)
+ cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
+
+ /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
+ byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
+ Otherwise, leave the firstchar value alone, and don't change it on a zero
+ repeat. */
+
+ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
+ {
+ zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+
+ /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstchar
+ only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
+
+ if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
+ {
+ firstchar = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
+ firstchar = mcbuffer[0];
+ firstcharflags = req_caseopt;
+
+ if (mclength != 1)
+ {
+ reqchar = code[-1];
+ reqcharflags = cd->req_varyopt;
+ }
+ }
+ else firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* firstchar was previously set; we can set reqchar only if the length is
+ 1 or the matching is caseful. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ zerofirstchar = firstchar;
+ zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ zeroreqchar = reqchar;
+ zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
+ if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
+ {
+ reqchar = code[-1];
+ reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
+ }
+ }
+
+ break; /* End of literal character handling */
+ }
+ } /* end of big loop */
+
+
+/* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
+error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
+to the user for diagnosing the error. */
+
+FAILED:
+*ptrptr = ptr;
+return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Compile sequence of alternatives *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it
+points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code
+variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored.
+This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find
+out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The
+value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
+
+Arguments:
+ options option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
+ codeptr -> the address of the current code pointer
+ ptrptr -> the address of the current pattern pointer
+ errorcodeptr -> pointer to error code variable
+ lookbehind TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
+ reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch
+ skipbytes skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
+ cond_depth depth of nesting for conditional subpatterns
+ firstcharptr place to put the first required character
+ firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number
+ reqcharptr place to put the last required character
+ reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number
+ bcptr pointer to the chain of currently open branches
+ cd points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
+ lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase
+ points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
+
+Returns: TRUE on success
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+compile_regex(int options, pcre_uchar **codeptr, const pcre_uchar **ptrptr,
+ int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes,
+ int cond_depth,
+ pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr,
+ pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr,
+ branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
+{
+const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
+pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr;
+pcre_uchar *last_branch = code;
+pcre_uchar *start_bracket = code;
+pcre_uchar *reverse_count = NULL;
+open_capitem capitem;
+int capnumber = 0;
+pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
+pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
+pcre_uint32 branchfirstchar, branchreqchar;
+pcre_int32 branchfirstcharflags, branchreqcharflags;
+int length;
+unsigned int orig_bracount;
+unsigned int max_bracount;
+branch_chain bc;
+
+/* If set, call the external function that checks for stack availability. */
+
+if (PUBL(stack_guard) != NULL && PUBL(stack_guard)())
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr= ERR85;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+/* Miscellaneous initialization */
+
+bc.outer = bcptr;
+bc.current_branch = code;
+
+firstchar = reqchar = 0;
+firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_UNSET;
+
+/* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
+length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the
+beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
+lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the
+start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
+the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
+
+length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
+
+/* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change
+the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes
+them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the
+pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */
+
+/* If this is a capturing subpattern, add to the chain of open capturing items
+so that we can detect them if (*ACCEPT) is encountered. This is also used to
+detect groups that contain recursive back references to themselves. Note that
+only OP_CBRA need be tested here; changing this opcode to one of its variants,
+e.g. OP_SCBRAPOS, happens later, after the group has been compiled. */
+
+if (*code == OP_CBRA)
+ {
+ capnumber = GET2(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
+ capitem.number = capnumber;
+ capitem.next = cd->open_caps;
+ capitem.flag = FALSE;
+ cd->open_caps = &capitem;
+ }
+
+/* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
+
+PUT(code, 1, 0);
+code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
+
+/* Loop for each alternative branch */
+
+orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount;
+for (;;)
+ {
+ /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch
+ uses the same numbers. */
+
+ if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount;
+
+ /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
+
+ if (lookbehind)
+ {
+ *code++ = OP_REVERSE;
+ reverse_count = code;
+ PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
+ length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
+ into the length. */
+
+ if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstchar,
+ &branchfirstcharflags, &branchreqchar, &branchreqcharflags, &bc,
+ cond_depth, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length))
+ {
+ *ptrptr = ptr;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch
+ has fewer than the rest. */
+
+ if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount;
+
+ /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
+
+ if (lengthptr == NULL)
+ {
+ /* If this is the first branch, the firstchar and reqchar values for the
+ branch become the values for the regex. */
+
+ if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
+ {
+ firstchar = branchfirstchar;
+ firstcharflags = branchfirstcharflags;
+ reqchar = branchreqchar;
+ reqcharflags = branchreqcharflags;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqchar have to
+ match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
+ previous value for reqchar didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
+ and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ /* If we previously had a firstchar, but it doesn't match the new branch,
+ we have to abandon the firstchar for the regex, but if there was
+ previously no reqchar, it takes on the value of the old firstchar. */
+
+ if (firstcharflags >= 0 &&
+ (firstcharflags != branchfirstcharflags || firstchar != branchfirstchar))
+ {
+ if (reqcharflags < 0)
+ {
+ reqchar = firstchar;
+ reqcharflags = firstcharflags;
+ }
+ firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* If we (now or from before) have no firstchar, a firstchar from the
+ branch becomes a reqchar if there isn't a branch reqchar. */
+
+ if (firstcharflags < 0 && branchfirstcharflags >= 0 && branchreqcharflags < 0)
+ {
+ branchreqchar = branchfirstchar;
+ branchreqcharflags = branchfirstcharflags;
+ }
+
+ /* Now ensure that the reqchars match */
+
+ if (((reqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY)) ||
+ reqchar != branchreqchar)
+ reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ else
+ {
+ reqchar = branchreqchar;
+ reqcharflags |= branchreqcharflags; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and
+ put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the
+ branch with OP_END. If the branch contains OP_RECURSE, the result is -3
+ because there may be forward references that we can't check here. Set a
+ flag to cause another lookbehind check at the end. Why not do it all at the
+ end? Because common, erroneous checks are picked up here and the offset of
+ the problem can be shown. */
+
+ if (lookbehind)
+ {
+ int fixed_length;
+ *code = OP_END;
+ fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0,
+ FALSE, cd);
+ DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
+ if (fixed_length == -3)
+ {
+ cd->check_lookbehind = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (fixed_length < 0)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 :
+ (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70: ERR25;
+ *ptrptr = ptr;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind)
+ cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length;
+ PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real
+ compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain
+ of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the
+ first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the
+ group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole
+ bracketed item. Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */
+
+ if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
+ {
+ if (lengthptr == NULL)
+ {
+ int branch_length = (int)(code - last_branch);
+ do
+ {
+ int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
+ PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
+ branch_length = prev_length;
+ last_branch -= branch_length;
+ }
+ while (branch_length > 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Fill in the ket */
+
+ *code = OP_KET;
+ PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+
+ /* If it was a capturing subpattern, check to see if it contained any
+ recursive back references. If so, we must wrap it in atomic brackets.
+ In any event, remove the block from the chain. */
+
+ if (capnumber > 0)
+ {
+ if (cd->open_caps->flag)
+ {
+ memmove(start_bracket + 1 + LINK_SIZE, start_bracket,
+ IN_UCHARS(code - start_bracket));
+ *start_bracket = OP_ONCE;
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ PUT(start_bracket, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
+ *code = OP_KET;
+ PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ cd->open_caps = cd->open_caps->next;
+ }
+
+ /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */
+
+ cd->bracount = max_bracount;
+
+ /* Set values to pass back */
+
+ *codeptr = code;
+ *ptrptr = ptr;
+ *firstcharptr = firstchar;
+ *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags;
+ *reqcharptr = reqchar;
+ *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags;
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
+ {
+ *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ *lengthptr += length;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
+ pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
+ pretend that each branch is the only one.)
+
+ In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
+ to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
+ is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
+ zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
+
+ if (lengthptr != NULL)
+ {
+ code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
+ length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *code = OP_ALT;
+ PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - last_branch));
+ bc.current_branch = last_branch = code;
+ code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ ptr++;
+ }
+/* Control never reaches here */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for anchored expression *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
+alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
+all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
+it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD will
+be found, because ^ generates OP_CIRCM in that mode.
+
+We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
+This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
+into account the match offset".
+
+A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
+because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
+so there is no point trying again.... er ....
+
+.... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
+subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
+to catch that case precisely.
+
+At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
+and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
+However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
+of the more common cases more precisely.
+
+... A second exception is when the .* appears inside an atomic group, because
+this prevents the number of characters it matches from being adjusted.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression (the bracket)
+ bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
+ handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
+ the less precise approach
+ cd points to the compile data block
+ atomcount atomic group level
+
+Returns: TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+is_anchored(register const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
+ compile_data *cd, int atomcount)
+{
+do {
+ const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(
+ code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE);
+ register int op = *scode;
+
+ /* Non-capturing brackets */
+
+ if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS ||
+ op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS)
+ {
+ if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Capturing brackets */
+
+ else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS ||
+ op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ {
+ int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
+ int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
+ if (!is_anchored(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Positive forward assertions and conditions */
+
+ else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_COND)
+ {
+ if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Atomic groups */
+
+ else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC)
+ {
+ if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and
+ it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced or inside an atomic
+ group. */
+
+ else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
+ op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR))
+ {
+ if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 ||
+ atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for explicit anchoring */
+
+ else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM && op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
+
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ }
+while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for starting with ^ or .* *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
+"first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
+matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
+the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
+have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
+because in that case we can't make the assumption. Also, the appearance of .*
+inside atomic brackets or in a pattern that contains *PRUNE or *SKIP does not
+count, because once again the assumption no longer holds.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression (the bracket)
+ bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
+ handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
+ the less precise approach
+ cd points to the compile data
+ atomcount atomic group level
+
+Returns: TRUE or FALSE
+*/
+
+static BOOL
+is_startline(const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
+ compile_data *cd, int atomcount)
+{
+do {
+ const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(
+ code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE);
+ register int op = *scode;
+
+ /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the
+ conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test
+ for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an
+ auto-callout at the start of a condition. */
+
+ if (op == OP_COND)
+ {
+ scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT];
+ switch (*scode)
+ {
+ case OP_CREF:
+ case OP_DNCREF:
+ case OP_RREF:
+ case OP_DNRREF:
+ case OP_DEF:
+ return FALSE;
+
+ default: /* Assertion */
+ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT);
+ scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ break;
+ }
+ scode = first_significant_code(scode, FALSE);
+ op = *scode;
+ }
+
+ /* Non-capturing brackets */
+
+ if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS ||
+ op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS)
+ {
+ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Capturing brackets */
+
+ else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS ||
+ op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS)
+ {
+ int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
+ int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
+ if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Positive forward assertions */
+
+ else if (op == OP_ASSERT)
+ {
+ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Atomic brackets */
+
+ else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC)
+ {
+ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1)) return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in atomic brackets or
+ brackets that may be referenced, as long as the pattern does not contain
+ *PRUNE or *SKIP, because these break the feature. Consider, for example,
+ /.*?a(*PRUNE)b/ with the subject "aab", which matches "ab", i.e. not at the
+ start of a line. */
+
+ else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
+ {
+ if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 ||
+ atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for explicit circumflex; anything else gives a FALSE result. Note
+ in particular that this includes atomic brackets OP_ONCE and OP_ONCE_NC
+ because the number of characters matched by .* cannot be adjusted inside
+ them. */
+
+ else if (op != OP_CIRC && op != OP_CIRCM) return FALSE;
+
+ /* Move on to the next alternative */
+
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ }
+while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */
+return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Check for asserted fixed first char *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
+discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
+However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
+it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
+char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a
+non-conditional bracket all of whose alternatives start with the same asserted
+char (recurse ad lib), then we return that char, with the flags set to zero or
+REQ_CASELESS; otherwise return zero with REQ_NONE in the flags.
+
+Arguments:
+ code points to start of expression (the bracket)
+ flags points to the first char flags, or to REQ_NONE
+ inassert TRUE if in an assertion
+
+Returns: the fixed first char, or 0 with REQ_NONE in flags
+*/
+
+static pcre_uint32
+find_firstassertedchar(const pcre_uchar *code, pcre_int32 *flags,
+ BOOL inassert)
+{
+register pcre_uint32 c = 0;
+int cflags = REQ_NONE;
+
+*flags = REQ_NONE;
+do {
+ pcre_uint32 d;
+ int dflags;
+ int xl = (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA ||
+ *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS)? IMM2_SIZE:0;
+ const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE + xl,
+ TRUE);
+ register pcre_uchar op = *scode;
+
+ switch(op)
+ {
+ default:
+ return 0;
+
+ case OP_BRA:
+ case OP_BRAPOS:
+ case OP_CBRA:
+ case OP_SCBRA:
+ case OP_CBRAPOS:
+ case OP_SCBRAPOS:
+ case OP_ASSERT:
+ case OP_ONCE:
+ case OP_ONCE_NC:
+ d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, &dflags, op == OP_ASSERT);
+ if (dflags < 0)
+ return 0;
+ if (cflags < 0) { c = d; cflags = dflags; } else if (c != d || cflags != dflags) return 0;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_EXACT:
+ scode += IMM2_SIZE;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_CHAR:
+ case OP_PLUS:
+ case OP_MINPLUS:
+ case OP_POSPLUS:
+ if (!inassert) return 0;
+ if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = 0; }
+ else if (c != scode[1]) return 0;
+ break;
+
+ case OP_EXACTI:
+ scode += IMM2_SIZE;
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case OP_CHARI:
+ case OP_PLUSI:
+ case OP_MINPLUSI:
+ case OP_POSPLUSI:
+ if (!inassert) return 0;
+ if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = REQ_CASELESS; }
+ else if (c != scode[1]) return 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ code += GET(code, 1);
+ }
+while (*code == OP_ALT);
+
+*flags = cflags;
+return c;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Add an entry to the name/number table *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function is called between compiling passes to add an entry to the
+name/number table, maintaining alphabetical order. Checking for permitted
+and forbidden duplicates has already been done.
+
+Arguments:
+ cd the compile data block
+ name the name to add
+ length the length of the name
+ groupno the group number
+
+Returns: nothing
+*/
+
+static void
+add_name(compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int length,
+ unsigned int groupno)
+{
+int i;
+pcre_uchar *slot = cd->name_table;
+
+for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
+ {
+ int crc = memcmp(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, IN_UCHARS(length));
+ if (crc == 0 && slot[IMM2_SIZE+length] != 0)
+ crc = -1; /* Current name is a substring */
+
+ /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier name. For a
+ duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for duplicates so that in the
+ simple case (when ?(| is not used) they are in order of their numbers. In all
+ cases they are in the order in which they appear in the pattern. */
+
+ if (crc < 0)
+ {
+ memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
+ IN_UCHARS((cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */
+
+ slot += cd->name_entry_size;
+ }
+
+PUT2(slot, 0, groupno);
+memcpy(slot + IMM2_SIZE, name, IN_UCHARS(length));
+slot[IMM2_SIZE + length] = 0;
+cd->names_found++;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************************
+* Compile a Regular Expression *
+*************************************************/
+
+/* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
+holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
+function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
+compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
+
+Arguments:
+ pattern the regular expression
+ options various option bits
+ errorcodeptr pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
+ can be NULL if you don't want a code value
+ errorptr pointer to pointer to error text
+ erroroffset ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
+ tables pointer to character tables or NULL
+
+Returns: pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
+ with errorptr and erroroffset set
+*/
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
+ int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre16_compile(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
+ int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre32_compile(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
+ int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#endif
+{
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+return pcre16_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+return pcre32_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
+ const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre16_compile2(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
+ const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
+pcre32_compile2(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
+ const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
+#endif
+{
+REAL_PCRE *re;
+int length = 1; /* For final END opcode */
+pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
+pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
+pcre_uint32 limit_match = PCRE_UINT32_MAX;
+pcre_uint32 limit_recursion = PCRE_UINT32_MAX;
+int newline;
+int errorcode = 0;
+int skipatstart = 0;
+BOOL utf;
+BOOL never_utf = FALSE;
+size_t size;
+pcre_uchar *code;
+const pcre_uchar *codestart;
+const pcre_uchar *ptr;
+compile_data compile_block;
+compile_data *cd = &compile_block;
+
+/* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are
+computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away
+as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for
+this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where
+to fill in forward references to subpatterns. That may overflow, in which case
+new memory is obtained from malloc(). */
+
+pcre_uchar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE];
+
+/* This vector is used for remembering name groups during the pre-compile. In a
+similar way to cworkspace, it can be expanded using malloc() if necessary. */
+
+named_group named_groups[NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE];
+
+/* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */
+
+ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern;
+
+/* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
+can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
+pointer. */
+
+if (errorptr == NULL)
+ {
+ if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+*errorptr = NULL;
+if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
+
+/* However, we can give a message for this error */
+
+if (erroroffset == NULL)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR16;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
+ }
+
+*erroroffset = 0;
+
+/* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
+
+if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables);
+cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
+cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
+cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
+cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
+
+/* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */
+
+if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR17;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+
+/* If PCRE_NEVER_UTF is set, remember it. */
+
+if ((options & PCRE_NEVER_UTF) != 0) never_utf = TRUE;
+
+/* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember
+the offset for later. */
+
+cd->external_flags = 0; /* Initialize here for LIMIT_MATCH/RECURSION */
+
+while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS &&
+ ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK)
+ {
+ int newnl = 0;
+ int newbsr = 0;
+
+/* For completeness and backward compatibility, (*UTFn) is supported in the
+relevant libraries, but (*UTF) is generic and always supported. Note that
+PCRE_UTF8 == PCRE_UTF16 == PCRE_UTF32. */
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
+#endif
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF16; continue; }
+#endif
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF32; continue; }
+#endif
+
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UCP; continue; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_AUTO_POSSESS_RIGHTPAR, 16) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 18; options |= PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS; continue; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR, 13) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 15; options |= PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE; continue; }
+
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LIMIT_MATCH_EQ, 12) == 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 c = 0;
+ int p = skipatstart + 14;
+ while (isdigit(ptr[p]))
+ {
+ if (c > PCRE_UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break; /* Integer overflow */
+ c = c*10 + ptr[p++] - CHAR_0;
+ }
+ if (ptr[p++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break;
+ if (c < limit_match)
+ {
+ limit_match = c;
+ cd->external_flags |= PCRE_MLSET;
+ }
+ skipatstart = p;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LIMIT_RECURSION_EQ, 16) == 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uint32 c = 0;
+ int p = skipatstart + 18;
+ while (isdigit(ptr[p]))
+ {
+ if (c > PCRE_UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break; /* Integer overflow check */
+ c = c*10 + ptr[p++] - CHAR_0;
+ }
+ if (ptr[p++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break;
+ if (c < limit_recursion)
+ {
+ limit_recursion = c;
+ cd->external_flags |= PCRE_RLSET;
+ }
+ skipatstart = p;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; }
+
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; }
+ else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
+ { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; }
+
+ if (newnl != 0)
+ options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl;
+ else if (newbsr != 0)
+ options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr;
+ else break;
+ }
+
+/* PCRE_UTF(16|32) have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
+utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
+if (utf && never_utf)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR78;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
+ }
+
+/* Can't support UTF unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. The
+return of an error code from PRIV(valid_utf)() is a new feature, introduced in
+release 8.13. It is passed back from pcre_[dfa_]exec(), but at the moment is
+not used here. */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
+if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
+ (errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern, -1, erroroffset)) != 0)
+ {
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ errorcode = ERR44;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ errorcode = ERR74;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ errorcode = ERR77;
+#endif
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
+ }
+#else
+if (utf)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR32;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Can't support UCP unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
+
+#ifndef SUPPORT_UCP
+if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR67;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Check validity of \R options. */
+
+if ((options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) ==
+ (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE))
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR56;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+
+/* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The
+current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and
+"anycrlf". */
+
+switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
+ {
+ case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Build-time default */
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
+ PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
+ case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
+ default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+
+if (newline == -2)
+ {
+ cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
+ }
+else if (newline < 0)
+ {
+ cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
+ }
+else
+ {
+ cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
+ if (newline > 255)
+ {
+ cd->nllen = 2;
+ cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
+ cd->nl[1] = newline & 255;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cd->nllen = 1;
+ cd->nl[0] = newline;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
+references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
+*/
+
+cd->top_backref = 0;
+cd->backref_map = 0;
+
+/* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
+
+DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+print_puchar(stdout, (PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern);
+#endif
+DPRINTF(("\n"));
+
+/* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length
+of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final
+argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it
+to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is
+no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there
+is a test for its doing so. */
+
+cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0;
+cd->names_found = 0;
+cd->name_entry_size = 0;
+cd->name_table = NULL;
+cd->dupnames = FALSE;
+cd->namedrefcount = 0;
+cd->start_code = cworkspace;
+cd->hwm = cworkspace;
+cd->start_workspace = cworkspace;
+cd->workspace_size = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE;
+cd->named_groups = named_groups;
+cd->named_group_list_size = NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE;
+cd->start_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern;
+cd->end_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)(pattern + STRLEN_UC((const pcre_uchar *)pattern));
+cd->req_varyopt = 0;
+cd->parens_depth = 0;
+cd->assert_depth = 0;
+cd->max_lookbehind = 0;
+cd->external_options = options;
+cd->open_caps = NULL;
+
+/* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we
+don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have
+been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is
+found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings
+outside can help speed up starting point checks. */
+
+ptr += skipatstart;
+code = cworkspace;
+*code = OP_BRA;
+
+(void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE,
+ FALSE, 0, 0, &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL,
+ cd, &length);
+if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+
+DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length,
+ (int)(cd->hwm - cworkspace)));
+
+if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR20;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+
+/* If there are groups with duplicate names and there are also references by
+name, we must allow for the possibility of named references to duplicated
+groups. These require an extra data item each. */
+
+if (cd->dupnames && cd->namedrefcount > 0)
+ length += cd->namedrefcount * IMM2_SIZE * sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+
+/* Compute the size of the data block for storing the compiled pattern. Integer
+overflow should no longer be possible because nowadays we limit the maximum
+value of cd->names_found and cd->name_entry_size. */
+
+size = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) +
+ (length + cd->names_found * cd->name_entry_size) * sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+
+/* Get the memory. */
+
+re = (REAL_PCRE *)(PUBL(malloc))(size);
+if (re == NULL)
+ {
+ errorcode = ERR21;
+ goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
+ }
+
+/* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal
+flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character
+tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a
+regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte
+pointers. */
+
+re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
+re->size = (int)size;
+re->options = cd->external_options;
+re->flags = cd->external_flags;
+re->limit_match = limit_match;
+re->limit_recursion = limit_recursion;
+re->first_char = 0;
+re->req_char = 0;
+re->name_table_offset = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
+re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size;
+re->name_count = cd->names_found;
+re->ref_count = 0;
+re->tables = (tables == PRIV(default_tables))? NULL : tables;
+re->nullpad = NULL;
+#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
+re->dummy = 0;
+#else
+re->dummy1 = re->dummy2 = re->dummy3 = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
+passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial
+options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size
+field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm
+field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns.
+*/
+
+cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount; /* Save for checking forward references */
+cd->parens_depth = 0;
+cd->assert_depth = 0;
+cd->bracount = 0;
+cd->max_lookbehind = 0;
+cd->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
+codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
+cd->start_code = codestart;
+cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)(cd->start_workspace);
+cd->req_varyopt = 0;
+cd->had_accept = FALSE;
+cd->had_pruneorskip = FALSE;
+cd->check_lookbehind = FALSE;
+cd->open_caps = NULL;
+
+/* If any named groups were found, create the name/number table from the list
+created in the first pass. */
+
+if (cd->names_found > 0)
+ {
+ int i = cd->names_found;
+ named_group *ng = cd->named_groups;
+ cd->names_found = 0;
+ for (; i > 0; i--, ng++)
+ add_name(cd, ng->name, ng->length, ng->number);
+ if (cd->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE)
+ (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->named_groups);
+ }
+
+/* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
+error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
+of the function here. */
+
+ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern + skipatstart;
+code = (pcre_uchar *)codestart;
+*code = OP_BRA;
+(void)compile_regex(re->options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 0,
+ &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL, cd, NULL);
+re->top_bracket = cd->bracount;
+re->top_backref = cd->top_backref;
+re->max_lookbehind = cd->max_lookbehind;
+re->flags = cd->external_flags | PCRE_MODE;
+
+if (cd->had_accept)
+ {
+ reqchar = 0; /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
+ reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
+ }
+
+/* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
+
+if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NULL) errorcode = ERR22;
+
+/* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
+if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
+
+*code++ = OP_END;
+
+#ifndef PCRE_DEBUG
+if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND
+/* If the estimated length exceeds the really used length, mark the extra
+allocated memory as unaddressable, so that any out-of-bound reads can be
+detected. */
+VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(code, (length - (code - codestart)) * sizeof(pcre_uchar));
+#endif
+
+/* Fill in any forward references that are required. There may be repeated
+references; optimize for them, as searching a large regex takes time. */
+
+if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace)
+ {
+ int prev_recno = -1;
+ const pcre_uchar *groupptr = NULL;
+ while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace)
+ {
+ int offset, recno;
+ cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE;
+ offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0);
+ recno = GET(codestart, offset);
+ if (recno != prev_recno)
+ {
+ groupptr = PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, recno);
+ prev_recno = recno;
+ }
+ if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53;
+ else PUT(((pcre_uchar *)codestart), offset, (int)(groupptr - codestart));
+ }
+ }
+
+/* If the workspace had to be expanded, free the new memory. Set the pointer to
+NULL to indicate that forward references have been filled in. */
+
+if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
+ (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace);
+cd->start_workspace = NULL;
+
+/* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
+subpattern. */
+
+if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
+
+/* Unless disabled, check whether single character iterators can be
+auto-possessified. The function overwrites the appropriate opcode values. */
+
+if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS) == 0)
+ auto_possessify((pcre_uchar *)codestart, utf, cd);
+
+/* If there were any lookbehind assertions that contained OP_RECURSE
+(recursions or subroutine calls), a flag is set for them to be checked here,
+because they may contain forward references. Actual recursions cannot be fixed
+length, but subroutine calls can. It is done like this so that those without
+OP_RECURSE that are not fixed length get a diagnosic with a useful offset. The
+exceptional ones forgo this. We scan the pattern to check that they are fixed
+length, and set their lengths. */
+
+if (cd->check_lookbehind)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar *cc = (pcre_uchar *)codestart;
+
+ /* Loop, searching for OP_REVERSE items, and process those that do not have
+ their length set. (Actually, it will also re-process any that have a length
+ of zero, but that is a pathological case, and it does no harm.) When we find
+ one, we temporarily terminate the branch it is in while we scan it. */
+
+ for (cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, -1);
+ cc != NULL;
+ cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(cc, utf, -1))
+ {
+ if (GET(cc, 1) == 0)
+ {
+ int fixed_length;
+ pcre_uchar *be = cc - 1 - LINK_SIZE + GET(cc, -LINK_SIZE);
+ int end_op = *be;
+ *be = OP_END;
+ fixed_length = find_fixedlength(cc, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, TRUE,
+ cd);
+ *be = end_op;
+ DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
+ if (fixed_length < 0)
+ {
+ errorcode = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 :
+ (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70 : ERR25;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length;
+ PUT(cc, 1, fixed_length);
+ }
+ cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
+
+if (errorcode != 0)
+ {
+ (PUBL(free))(re);
+ PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
+ *erroroffset = (int)(ptr - (const pcre_uchar *)pattern);
+ PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2:
+ *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode);
+ if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+/* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
+the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else, such
+as starting with non-atomic .* when DOTALL is set and there are no occurrences
+of *PRUNE or *SKIP.
+
+Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that
+speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
+PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
+start with ^. and also when all branches start with non-atomic .* for
+non-DOTALL matches when *PRUNE and SKIP are not present. */
+
+if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
+ {
+ if (is_anchored(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
+ else
+ {
+ if (firstcharflags < 0)
+ firstchar = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &firstcharflags, FALSE);
+ if (firstcharflags >= 0) /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
+ {
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ re->first_char = firstchar & 0xff;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ re->first_char = firstchar & 0xffff;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ re->first_char = firstchar;
+#endif
+ if ((firstcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ if (re->first_char < 128)
+ {
+ if (cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+ else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->first_char) != re->first_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (MAX_255(re->first_char)
+ && cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+
+ re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
+ }
+
+ else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
+ }
+ }
+
+/* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
+variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
+bytes. */
+
+if (reqcharflags >= 0 &&
+ ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqcharflags & REQ_VARY) != 0))
+ {
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+ re->req_char = reqchar & 0xff;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+ re->req_char = reqchar & 0xffff;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+ re->req_char = reqchar;
+#endif
+ if ((reqcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)
+ {
+#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
+ /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */
+ if (utf)
+ {
+ if (re->req_char < 128)
+ {
+ if (cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+ else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->req_char) != re->req_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (MAX_255(re->req_char) && cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char)
+ re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
+ }
+
+ re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
+ }
+
+/* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the
+case when building a production library. */
+
+#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
+printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
+ length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
+
+printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options);
+
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar ch = re->first_char;
+ const char *caseless =
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
+ if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
+ else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
+ }
+
+if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
+ {
+ pcre_uchar ch = re->req_char;
+ const char *caseless =
+ ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
+ if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
+ else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
+ }
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+pcre_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+pcre16_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+pcre32_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
+#endif
+
+/* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
+was compiled can be seen. */
+
+if (code - codestart > length)
+ {
+ (PUBL(free))(re);
+ *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23);
+ *erroroffset = ptr - (pcre_uchar *)pattern;
+ if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+#endif /* PCRE_DEBUG */
+
+/* Check for a pattern than can match an empty string, so that this information
+can be provided to applications. */
+
+do
+ {
+ if (could_be_empty_branch(codestart, code, utf, cd, NULL))
+ {
+ re->flags |= PCRE_MATCH_EMPTY;
+ break;
+ }
+ codestart += GET(codestart, 1);
+ }
+while (*codestart == OP_ALT);
+
+#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
+return (pcre *)re;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
+return (pcre16 *)re;
+#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
+return (pcre32 *)re;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* End of pcre_compile.c */
+